Bachelor of Science in Environmental Science
VISION, MISSION, GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
Parameter A: Statement of Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives
System – Inputs and Process
S.1 The institution has a system of determining the Vision and Mission.
S.2 The Vision clearly reflects what the institution hopes to become in the future.
S.3 The Mission clearly reflects the institution’s legal and other statutory mandate.
S.4 The Goals of the College/Academic Unit are consistent with the Mission of the institution.
S.5 The Objectives of the program have the expected outcomes in terms of competencies (skills and knowledge), values and other attributes of the graduates which include the development of:
S.5.1. scientific habit of thought.
S.5.2. entry level competencies in Enviromental Science;
S.5.3. research and extension capabilities
S.5.4. entrepreneurial skills.
S.5.5. students’ own ideas, desirable attitudes, personal discipline and moral character
S.5.6. critical thinking skills.
S.5.7. aesthetic and cultural values.
Implementation
I.1 The Institution/College conducts a review on the statement of the Vision and Mission as well as its goals and program objectives for the approval of authorities concerned.
I.2 The College/Academic Unit follows a system of formulating its goals and the objectives of the program.
I.3 The College/Academic Unit’s faculty, personnel, students and other stakeholders (cooperating agencies, linkages, alumni, industry sector and other concerned groups) participate in the formulation, review and/or revision of the VMGO.
Output
O.1 The VMGO are crafted and duly approved by the BOR/BOT.
PARAMETER B: DISSEMINATION AND ACCEPTABILITY
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The VMGO are available on bulletin boards in catalogs/manuals and in other forms of communication media.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. A system of dissemination and acceptability of the VMGO is enforced.
I.2. The administrators/faculty attend in-service seminars and training on awareness and acceptability of the:
I.2.1. Vision and Mission of the Institution.
I.2.2. Goals of the College/ Academic Unit; and
I.2.3. Objectives of the Program.
I.3. The formulation/review/revision of the VMGO is participated in by the following:
I.3.1. administrators;
I.3.2. faculty
I.3.3. staff;
I.3.4. students; and
I.3.5. other stakeholders
I.4. The faculty and staff perform their jobs/functions in consonance with the VMGO.
I.5. The VMGO are widely disseminated to the different agencies, institutions industry sector and the community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is full awareness and acceptance of the VMGO by the administrators, faculty, staff, students and other stakeholders.
O.2. There is congruency between actual educational practices and activities with the following:
O.2.1. Vision and Mission of the SUC;
O.2.2. Goals of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering; and
O.2.3. Objectives of the Electrical Engineering program.
FACULTY
PPP
PARAMETER A: ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The required number of faculty possesses graduate degrees appropriate and relevant to the Electrical Engineering program or any of the allied fields.
S.1.1. MS Degree in any of the allied fields like biological sciences, earth sciences, mathematics, modelling, and statistics; agriculture, fisheries, forestry, energy and resource management, information systems, environmental design and planning, and environmental engineering and sanitation; sustainable development studies; and
S.1.2. practitioner in Environmental Management (EM) and Enviromental Impact Assessment (EIA) for faculty teaching courses in these areas. Faculty teaching in Environmental Management and Environmental Impact Assessment should be practitioner.
S.2. Other qualifications such as the following are considered:
S.2.1. professional related experience;
S.2.2. Licensure (if applicable);
S.2.3. specialization
S.2.4. technical skills and competence, and.
S.4.5 special abilities, computer literacy, research productivity
S.3. Faculty handling OJT/practicum courses have had at least three (3) years of teaching and industry-based experience in the field.
S.4. At least 50% of the faculty are Graduate degrees holders.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The faculty demonstrate professional competence and are engaged in any or a combination of the following:
I.1.1. instruction;
I.1.2. research;
I.1.3 extension
I.1.4. production;
I.1.5. consultancy and expert service; and
I.1.6. publication, creative and scholarly works.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has qualified and competent faculty.
PARAMETER B: RECRUITMENT, SELECTION AND ORIENTATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an institutional Human Resources Development Plan/Program designed for the faculty recruitment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Recruitment and selection of the faculty is processed by the Faculty Selection Board using the following criteria:
Mandatory
I.1.1. academic qualifications;
I.1.2. personal qualities;
I.1.3. communication skills;
I.1.4. teaching ability;
I.1.5. medical examination results;
I.1.6. psychological examination results;
Optional
I.1.7. relevant professional experience; (if any);
I.1.8. previous record of employment; (if any);
I.1.9. technical/special skills & abilities; and
I.1.10. previous performance rating. (if any)
I.2. The hiring system adopts an open competitive selection, based on the CSC-approved Merit System and Promotion Plan of the institution published and well-disseminated through various means of communication:
I.2.1. print media (newspaper, flyers, CSC Bulletin of vacant positions);
I.2.2. broadcast media (TV, radio);
I.2.3. website;
I.2.4. bulletin boards; and
I.2.5. others (please specify) ____________
I.3. A Screening Committee selects and recommends the best and most qualified applicant.
I.4. Measures to avoid professional in-breeding are observed.
I.5. The institution conducts orientation for newly-hired faculty on its vision and mission ,CSC, PRC, DBM, and administration policies on their duties and responsibilities, benefits and other academic concerns.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The most qualified faculty are selected.
PARAMETER C: FACULTY ADEQUACY AND LOADING
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Faculty-student ratio is in accordance with the program requirements and standards as follows:
S.1.1. lecture (1:40), maximum of 1:50; and
S.1.2. laboratory (1:25), maximum of 1:30.
S.2. There is a provision for incentives for overload teaching in accordance with the CMO of the program and/or institutional guidelines.
S.3. There are full-time faculty classified by rank, subject/specialization.
S.4. Faculty schedule has time for preparation of lessons, scoring of test papers, record-keeping, class evaluation and other instruction-related activities.
S.5. Workload Guidelines contain sufficient time for teaching and/or research, extension, production and other assigned tasks..
S.6. There is equitable, measurable and fair distribution of teaching load and other assignments.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The maximum total load is assigned to a regular full-time faculty in accordance with the CMO of the program and institutional guidelines.
I.2. A Faculty Manual is published formalizing faculty policies, standards and guidelines.
I.3. Professional subjects are handled by specialists in the discipline/program.
I.4. The faculty are assigned to teach their major/minor fields of specialization for a maximum of four (4) different subject preparations with a semester.
I.5. Administrative arrangements are adopted whenever vacancies/leaves of absence occur during the term.
I.6. No less than 60% of the professional subjects in the Electrical Engineering program are handled by full-time faculty.
I.7. Teaching schedule does not allow more than six (6)- hours of continuous teaching
I.8. Administrative, research and/or professional assignment outside of regular teaching are given credits.
I.9. Consultation, tutorial, remedial classes, expert services, and other instruction-related activities are given credits in consonance with faculty workload guidelines.
I.10. Workload assignments and number of preparations follow existing workload guidelines.
PARAMETER D: RANK AND TENURE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of promotion in rank and tenure based on official issuances.
S.2. The institution has a policy on probationary status of employment.
S.3. At least 50% of the full-time faculty teaching the professional courses are under permanent/regular status.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the system of promotion in rank and salary based on existing policies and issuances (e.g. NBC 416).
I.2. Retirement, separation or termination benefits are implemented in accordance with institutional and government (CSC, GSIS/DBM) policies and guidelines.
I.3. The faculty are officially informed of their rank and tenure after evaluation of credentials and performance.
I.4. The faculty concerned is officially informed of the extension, renewal, or termination of their appointments.
I.5. The institution implements a CSC-approved Strategic Performance Management Plan (SPMS) which emphasizes quality teaching performance, research, creative work, extension and production services.
I.6 The probationary period or temporary status required before the grant of permanent status to the faculty is in accordance with civil Service and institutional policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their rank and employment status.
PARAMETER E: FACULTY DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institutions have an approved and sustainable Faculty Development Program (FDP).
S.2. There are policies on faculty academic recognition and grant of scholarships/fellowships and awards.
S.3. Every faculty member has at least one active membership in professional/scientific organization or honor society relevant to his/her assignment and field of specialization.
S.4. The budget allocation for faculty development is adequate.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements a sustainable Faculty Development Program based on identified priorities/needs and in accordance with the CMO of the program such as:
I.1.1. upgraded educational qualifications (graduate studies);
I.1.2. attendance to seminars, symposia and conferences for continuing education;
I.1.3. conduct of research activities and publication of research output; and
I.1.4. giving lectures and presentation of papers in national/international conferences, symposia and seminars.
I.2. The institution supports the professional growth of the faculty through attendance in educational lectures, symposia, seminars, workshops, conferences and other forms of training.
I.3. The institution conducts in-service training activities regularly at least once per term.
I.4. Selection of deserving faculty to be granted scholarships, fellowships, seminars, conferences and/or training grants is done objectively.
I.5. The budget for the faculty development is adequately allocated.
I.6. The budget for faculty development is wisely utilized.
I.7. The Faculty Development Program is implemented with the following provisions;
I.7.1. adequate and qualified supervision of faculty;
I.7.2. scholarship, fellowships, sabbatical leaves, and research grants;
I.7.3. financial support for active membership in professional organizations;
I.7.4. deloading to finish the faculty’s thesis/dissertation;
I.7.5. attendance in continuing professional education (CPE) programs such as seminars, workshops and conferences or some in-service training courses;
I.7.6. conducting research related activities related to the program;
I.7.7. publishing scholarly articles and research outputs; and
I.7.8. production of instructional materials (IMs).
I.8. Opportunities for the faculty to attend/participate in capability building and enhancing activities are fairly distributed.
I.9. Tuition fee privilege and other forms of assistance are utilized by faculty pursuing advanced (master’s and/or doctoral) degrees.
I.10. Faculty are given incentives for book writing, manuals, handbooks, compilations and instructional materials to keep up with new knowledge and techniques in the field of specialization.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are well-trained and competent to serve the institution.
O.2. The faculty are committed to serve and support the programs and projects of the institution.
PARAMETER F: PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE AND SCHOLARLY WORKS
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of evaluating the faculty on the following:
S.1.1. professional performance; and
S.1.2. scholarly works.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. demonstrate skills and competencies in all of the following:
I.1.1. knowledge of the program objectives/outcome(s);
I.1.2. reflecting the program outcomes clearly in the course objectives;
I.1.3. knowledge/mastery of the content, issues and methodologies in the discipline;
I.1.4. proficiency in the use of the language of instruction;
I.1.5. the use of higher order thinking skills such as analytical, critical, creative, innovative and problem-solving;
I.1.6. innovativeness and resourcefulness in the different instructional processes; and
I.1.7. integration of values and work ethic in the teaching-learning process.
I.1.8. integration of Gender and Development (GAD) activities.
1.2. promptly submit required reports and other academic outputs.
1.3. update lecture notes though an interface of relevant research findings and new knowledge.
I.4. serve as resource person/lecturer/consultant in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.5. present papers in local/regional/national and/or international fora.
I.6. publish papers in regional, national and international magazines and journals.
I.7. conduct research and publish outputs in referred journals of national and international circulation.
I.8. conduct extension and outreach activities.
I.9. regularly update respective course syllabi.
I.10. utilized ICT and other resources in the enhancement of the teaching learning process.
I.11. produce instructional materials, e.g., workbooks, manuals, modules, audio-visual aids, etc. to facilitate teaching and learning.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty performance is generally satisfactory.
O.2. The scholarly works of the faculty are commendable.
PARAMETER G: SALARIES, FRINGE BENEFITS, AND INCENTIVES
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of compensation and rewards to its faculty and staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The following fringe benefits are granted:
I.1.1. maternity leave/paternity leave with pay;
I.1.2. sick leave;
I.1.3. study leave (with or without pay);
I.1.4. vacation leave;
I.1.5. tuition fee discount for faculty and their dependents;
I.1.6. clothing/uniform allowance;
I.1.7. performance base bonus (PBB);
I.1.8. anniversary bonus;
I.1.9. honoraria/incentive for conducting research or for the production of scholarly works;
I.1.10. housing privilege (optional);
I.1.11. sabbatical leave;
I.1.12. compensatory leave credits;
I.1.13. deloading to finish thesis/ dissertation;
I.1.14. thesis/dissertation aid;and
I.1.15. others, (please identify) .
I.2. Policies on salaries/benefits and other privileges are disseminated to the faculty.
I.3. Salaries are paid regularly and promptly.
I.4. Teaching assignments beyond the regular load are compensated (e.g., overload pay, services credits, etc.)
I.5. Faculty who are actually involved in the production of scholarly materials are given credits for their work.
I.6. Faculty with outstanding performance are given recognition/awards and incentives.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their compensation and rewards.
PARAMETER H: PROFESSIONALISM
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are approved SUC Code and SUC Faculty Manual that defines the policies, guidelines, rules and regulations affecting the faculty.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. responsibility observe the following:
I.1.1. regular and prompt attendance to classes;
I.1.2. participation in faculty meetings and university/college activities;
I.1.3. completion of assigned task on time;
I.1.4. submission of all required reports promptly; and
I.1.5. decorum at all times.
I.2. follow the Code of Ethics of the Profession and the Code of Ethical Standards for the Government Official and Employees (RA 6713).
I.3. exercise academic freedom judiciously.
I.4. show commitment and loyalty to the institution as evidenced by:
I.4.1. observance of official time;
I.4.2. productive use of official time;
I.4.3. performance of the task and assignments, with or without compensation; and
I.4.4. compliance with terms of agreement/contracts (e.g., scholarship and training).
I.5. maintain harmonious interpersonal relations with superiors, peers, students, parents and the community.
I.6. demonstrate knowledge of recent educational trends/issues/resources in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.7. show evidence of professional growth through further and continuing studies.
I.8. engage in practices which enable the faculty the demonstrate harmonious interpersonal relations with the students, parents and community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The corps of faculty manifest a commendable level of professionalism.
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
PARAMETER A: CURRICULUM AND PROGRAM OF STUDIES
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The curriculum provides for the development of the following professional competencies:
S.1.1. acquisition of knowledge and theories based on the field of specialization/discipline.
S.1.2. application of the theories to real problems in the field; and
S.1.3. demonstration of skills in applying different strategies in the actual work setting.
S.2. There is a system of validation of subjects taken from other schools.
S.3. The curriculum reflects local, regional and national development goals as well as the institution’s vision and mission.
Implementation
I.1. The curriculum/program of study meets the requirements CHED policies and standards in accordance with required units (138) for the following components:
I.1.1. General Education – 39 units
I.1.2. Core Science – 52 units
I.1.2.1. Biology – 15
I.1.2.2. Chemistry- 15
I.1.2.3. Earth Science- 5
I.1.2.4. Math- 12
I.1.2.5. Earth Physics- 5
I.1.3. Professional Environmental Science courses (Lecture/Lab) – 26 (6) units
I.1.4. Electric courses (Lecture/Lab) – 12 units
I.1.5. The Philippine EIA System – 3 units
I.1.6. Undergraduate Thesis OJT/Practicum – 6 units
I.2. The subjects are logically sequenced and prerequisite courses are identified.
I.3. The curricular content is responsive to the needs of the country and recent developments in the profession.
I.4. The curricular content covers the extent of the professional and technical preparation required of its graduates.
I.5. The curriculum integrates values, reflective of national customs, culture and traditions in cases where applicable.
I.6. Opportunities for participation in hands-on activities such as immersion/practical training and field study are maintained in the curriculum.
I.7. The following activities are undertaken to ensure quality in the process of curriculum development:
I. 7.1. Participative planning and designing of the curriculum by the following stakeholders.
I.7.2. periodic review, assessment, updating and approval of the curriculum by the Academic Council; and
I.7.3. confirmation of the curriculum by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
1.7.4. others (please specify)
I.8. The program of study allows the accommodation of students with special needs and assists them to finish the degree.
Outcomes
O.1. The curriculum is responsive and relevant to the demands of the times.
PARAMETER B: INSTRUCTIONAL PROCESS, METHODOLOGIES AND LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
System – Inputs and Process
Syllabus and Instructional Materials
S.1. There is an institutional outcomes-based standard format in the preparation of the course syllabi.
S.2. The syllabus includes a list of suggested readings and references of print and electronic resources within the last 10 years.
S.3. Copies of all course syllabi during the term are available at the Dean’s office or in any other appropriate repository.
S.4. Copies of all course syllabi in previous semesters are filed for reference purposes.
S.5. There is a provision for remedial measures to strengthen the basic skills in Mathematics and English and other “tool” subjects.
S.6. There is a mechanism to facilitate the teaching-learning process.
Implementation
I.1. The Dean or official concerned approves the updated syllabus for each subject.
I.2. The faculty prepare syllabi with comprehensive contents.
1.3. The faculty revise and enhances their syllabi preferably every two years, as needed.
I.4. The faculty distributes a copy of the syllabus to each student.
I.5. Teaching strategies stimulate the development of the students’ higher-order thinking skills (HOTS) such as critical thinking, analytical thinking, creative thinking and problem solving
Teaching Method and Techniques
I.6. Classroom instruction is enriched through the use of the following strategies:
I.6.1 symposia seminars. workshops. professional lectures.
I.6.2. educational tours/learning visits/other co-curricular activities.
I.6.3. peer teaching/cooperative learning; and
I.6.4. computer-assisted instruction (CAI) and computer- assisted learning (CAL).
I.7. At least three (3) of the following course requirements are used:
I.7.1. group/individual projects.
I.7.2. group/individual reports.
I.7.3. group/individual term papers.
I.7.4. performance activities.
I.7.5. learning contract.
I. 7.6. portfolio.
I.7.7. learning modules.
I.7.8. research study; and
I.7.9. others (please specify)
I.8. Instruction is enriched through the use of at least ten (10) of the following techniques/strategies:
I.8.1. film showing.
I.8.2. projects.
I.8.3. group dynamics.
I.8.4. case study.
I.8.5. workshops.
I.8.6. simulations.
I.8.7. dimensional question approach.
I.8.8. brainstorming.
I.8.9. buzz sessions.
I.8.10 informal creative groups.
I.8.11 interactive learning.
I.8.12 team teaching;
I.8.13 micro teaching;
I.8.14 macro teaching;
I.8.15 tandem teaching;
I.8.16 peer teaching;
I.8.17 multi-media/courseware/ teachware;
I.8.18 experiments;
I.8.19 problem-solving;
I.8.20 type study methods;
I.8.21 reporting;
I.8.22 panel discussion; and
I.8.23 others (please specify) ___________
1.9. Instructional strategies provide for student’s individual needs and multiple intelligences.
1.10. Instruction is enhanced through the following:
1.10.1 submission of approved and updated syllabus for every course.
1.10.2 regular classroom observation/supervision.
1.10.3 regular faculty meetings with the College/Academic Dean/Department Chair.
1.10.4 regular faculty performance evaluation.
1.10.5 attendance/participation of faculty in in-service training;
1.10.6 conduct of experimental classes;
1.10.7 adoption of alternative instructional delivery modes, such as modular instruction, e-learning and on-line
1.10.8 use of current/updated instructional methodologies.
1.11. Instructional Materials (IMs) are reviewed and recommended by an Instructional Materials Committee (IMC).
1.12. Varied, multi-sensory materials and computer programs are utilized.
1.13. The College/Academic Unit maintains consortia and linkages with other learning institutions for academic exchange of instructional materials.
1.14. The faculty are encouraged to produce their own instructional materials such as modules, software, visual aids, manuals and textbooks.
Outcomes
0.1. Course syllabi are updated and approved by concerned authorities.
0.2. Varied teaching strategies are efficiently and effectively used.
0.3. Instructional materials produced by the faculty are copyrighted/ patented.
PARAMETER C: ASSESSMENT OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The program of studies has a system of evaluating student performance through a combination of the following:
S.1.1. formative tests such as quizzes, units tests;
S.1.2. summative · tests such as mid-term and final examination
S.1.3. project and term papers;
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.2. The summative tests have the following descriptions:
S.2.1. comprehensive enough to test the different levels of cognitive skills and knowledge of content; and
S.2.2. based on a well-designed Table of Specifications (TOS).
Implementation
I.1. Varied evaluation measures are used, such as:
I.1.1. portfolio;
I.1.2. rubric assessment;
I.1.3. skills demonstration;
I.1.4. paper and pencil tests;
I.1.5. oral examinations;
I.1.6. group/individual reports;
I.1.7. group/individual study; and
I.1.8. others (please specify) __
I.2. Evaluation tools/instruments are reviewed and revised periodically.
I.3. The faculty are trained how to assess student performance properly.
I.4. The College/ Academic Unit encourages and supports assessment for multiple intelligences.
I.5. Course and test requirements are returned to the students after results are checked, recorded and analyzed.
I.6. The system of student evaluation and grading is defined, understood, and disseminated to:
I.6.1. students;
I.6.2. faculty;
I.6.3. academic administrators; and
I.6.4. parents/guardians.
Outcomes
O.1. The students’ academic performance is commendable.
O.2. Retention rate of students is on the average.
PARAMETER D: CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There are policies on management of learning which includes the following:
S.1.1. students’ attendance in class and other academic activities;
S.1.2. schedule of classes ;
S.1.3. students’ discipline; and
S.1.4. maintenance of cleanliness and orderliness.
Implementation
I.1. The policies on management of learning are enforced.
I.2. Student activities are well-planned and implemented.
I.3. Assignments are designed to reinforce teaching which results to student’s maximum learning.
I.4. The maximum class size of 50 for undergraduate courses is enforced.
I.5. Classroom discipline is maintained in accordance with democratic practices.
I.6. The class officers and assigned students assist in maintaining the cleanliness of classrooms, laboratories, corridors and the school campus.
I.7. Independent work and performance are encouraged and monitored in the following activities;
I.7.1. case studies/reports;
I.7.2. thesis; and
I.7.3. others (specify)
I.8. In practicum courses, (field study, OJT, practice teaching) the number of trainees supervised by each coordinator does not exceed 50.
Outcomes
O.1. Learning is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER E: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There is a policy on graduation requirements.
Implementation
I.1. The students are regularly informed of the academic requirements of their respective courses.
I.2. The College/Academic Unit implements the system for student returnees and transferees to meet the residence and other graduation requirements.
I.3 graduation students conduct research and/or undergo practicum/OT or other activities prescribed in their respective curricula.
I.4. The College/Academic Unit assists the graduating students with which hinder issuance of their clearances.
I.5. A Clearance from academic and financial accountabilities and responsibilities is required before graduation.
Outcomes
O.1. At least 60% of the students enrolled in the program are able to graduate within the regular time frame.
PARAMETER F: ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT FOR EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTION
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The institution has a policies on:
S.1.1. substitution or special arrangements whenever a faculty is on leave or absent;
S.1.2. giving awards and/or recognition for faculty and students with outstanding achievements; and I
S.1.3. supervision, monitoring and evaluation of faculty performance.
Implementation
I.1. The institution implements rules on the attendance of the faculty in their respective classes and other academic related activities.
I.2. Dialogues are regularly conducted between the administration and the;
I.2.1 Faculty and;
I.2.2. students
I.3. Quality instruction is assured through the following strategies:
I.3.1. conducting seminars/workshops on syllabi making;
I.3.2. holding workshops on test construction and the corresponding table of specifications.
I.3.3. conducting competency assessment;
I.3.4. conducting supervisory visit of classes and providing assistance, if necessary
I.3.5. holding of regular faculty meetings;
I.3.6. requiring consultations between students and faculty; I
I.3.7. conducting studies on academic performance of students; and I
I.3.8. providing opportunities for the participation of the faculty in in-service training activities.
I.4. Periodic faculty performance evaluation on teaching and in other functions is done by at least three of the following:
I.4.1. the Dean/Department Chairperson;
I.4.2. the students;
I.4.3. the faculty member himself/herself
I.4.4. peers; and
I.4.5. others (please specify)
I.5 The result of the performance evaluation are used to improve the performance/competencies of the faculty.
I.6. Students are given recognition for exemplary academic and non- academic performances.
I.7. Outstanding achievement of students is recognized and encouraged through the following:
I.7.1. inclusion in the honor roll, Dean’s list, etc.;
I.7.2. grant of tuition scholarships;
I.7.3. award of honor medals and merit certificates;
I.7.4. membership in honor societies/honor class/sections, etc;
I.7.5. grant of special privileges such as opportunities in leadership and others (excluding exemption from major exams on all professional business subjects); and
I.7.6. grant of awards and recognition for outstanding academic accomplishments e.g., Best Thesis, Student Researcher of the Year, etc.
I.8. Indicators on performance of graduates are studied such as:
I.8.1. analysis of performance of graduates in the Licensure Examination, where applicable;
I.8.2. employability of graduates; and
I.8.3. feedback from employers regarding performance of graduates.
Outcomes
O.1. The faculty and students have commendable performances as a result of administrative support.
O.2. The graduates of the program are employable.
SUPPORT TO STUDENTS
PPP
PARAMETER A: STUDENTS SERVICES PROGRAM (SSP)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The institution has Student Services Program (SSP).
S.2. The Student Affairs Services (SAS) program is consistent with the vision and mission of the Institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
S.3.The objectives of the SAS are clearly defined.
S.4.The objectives of the SAS are in accordance with CMO No. 9 series of 2013.
S.5.The SAS is composed of:
S.5.1. student welfare programs and services; and
S.5.2. student development programs and services.
S.6.The following basic service are available:
S.6.1. Student Welfare;
S.6.1.1. Information and Orientation Services;
S.6.1.2. Guidance and Counseling Services;
S.6.1.3. Career and Job Placement Services;
S.6.1.4. Economic Enterprise Development; and
S.6.1.5. Student Handbook Development.
S.6.2. Student Development;
S.6.2.1. Student Activities;
S.6.2.2. Student Organizations and Activities;
S.6.2.3. Leadership Training;
S.6.2.4. Student Council/Government;
S.6.2.5. Student Discipline; and
S.6.2.6. Student Publication/Year Book.
S.6.3. Institutional Student Programs and Services;
S.6.3.1. Admission Services;
S.6.3.2. Scholarship and Financial Assistance(SFA);
S.6.3.3. Food Services;
S.6.3.4. Health and Wellness Services;
S.6.3.5. Safety and Security Services;
S.6.3.6. Student Housing and Residential Services;
S.6.3.7. Multi-faith and inter-faith Services;
S.6.3.8. Foreign/ International Students Services (whenever applicable);
S.6.3.9. Services for Students with Special Needs;
S.6.3.10. Culture and Arts Programs;
S.6.3.11. Sports and Development Programs;
S.6.3.12. Social and Community Involvement Programs; and
S.6.3.13. others (please specify)___________________.
Student Affairs and Services Unit
S.7.There is a SAS Unit that manages students affairs development and welfare programs.
S.8.The SAS Unit has an organizational structure indicating its relationship with other Units.
S.9.The SAS Unit is headed by a qulified official.
S.10.The SAS Unit is staffed with qualified personnel.
Administrative Support
S.11.The various student services are provided with adequate staff, physical facilities, equipment and materials(e.g. One (1) guidance counselor for every 1,000 students, etc.)
S.12.There is a sufficient budget allocation for the Student Affairs and Services of the institution.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The objectives of the SAS are disseminated to and understood by the students, faculty, staff and administrators.
I.2.The SAS plans, implements, monitors and coordinates programs and services for student welfare and development.
I.3.Prompt, courteous and efficient services in the handling of business transactions with students are evident.
I.4.The SAS staff receive salaries on time.
I.5.The SAS is represented in the policy and decision-making body of the institution.
I.6.The projects and activities of the SAS Unit are recognized and implemented.
I.7.There is a continous and systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the programs and services for student welfare and development.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The students are satisfied with the Student Services Program.
PARAMETER B: STUDENT WELFARE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Handbook containing comprehensive information on programs and services for student welfare and development.
S.2.A regular and comprehensive Orientation Program is held for new, returning and continuing students.
S.3.The information materials on educational, career, personal and social concerns are readly available, such as:
S.3.1. R.A. 9262 or Anti Violence Against Women and Children Act;
S.3.2. Anti-Bullying Act;
S.3.3. Guideliness on drug abuse prevention and control;
S.3.4. R.A. 7877 or the Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995;
S.3.5. HIV AIDS awareness;
S.3.6. Self-care and healthy lifestyles; and
S.3.7. R.A. 9442, particularly on the provision on public ridicule and vilification against persons with disability.
S.4.The Guidance and Counseling Program provides the following services:
S.4.1. information and inventory;
S.4.2. counseling;
S.4.3. appraisal and testing;
S.4.4. placement and follow-up; and
S.4.5. referral.
S.5.Gender-sensitive individual and group counseling is provided.
S.6.Counseling Services consider cultural differences.
S.7.The Guidance Program is headed by a licensed Guidance Counselor with at least a master’s degree in Guidance and Counseling.
S.8.All the Guidance Counselors are licensed.
S.9.The Guidance Program is supported by qualified staff.
S.10.Every student has an updated profile at the guidance office.
S.11.A counseling room is provided for students including those with special needs.
S.12.There is a well-planned assessment program for students with appropriate standardized psychological tests.
S.13.Career seminars and job placement services are available for the students.
S.14.There is a mechanism to establish partneship and collaboration with other institutions, agencies and industry.
S.15.There is mechanism for storing and archiving student records for reference purposes.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The ratio of a Guidance Counselor to student population is 1:1000.
I.2.Counseling and other student records are maintained and kept confidential.
I.3.Appropriate intervention programs and services are adopted to promote and enhance student welfare and development.
I.4.The Guidance Office maintain an updated inventory of student cumulative records.
I.5.The psychological tests are administered , scored and interpreted by qualified staff and the results are kept confidential.
I.6.The test results are disseminated to concerned parties.
I.7.Test results are utilized in designing activities to meet student needs.
I.8.A scheme for appropriate follow-up and referrals is utilized.
I.9.The Guidance Office prepares valid appraisal data of students for career and job placement.
I.10.Student placement is regularly monitored and followed up.
I.11.The institution maintains active networking with the schools, the communities, alumni, and other concerned agencies for career and job placement of students.
I.12.Career counseling is provided to enable students to choose appropriate major/field of specialization.
I.13. Information materials on career and job opportunities are made accessible.
I.14The SAS maintains liaison with its alumni to follow up graduates job performance, vis-a-vis:
I.14.1. awards received;
I.14.2. key positions in private and/or government agencies; and
I.14.3. status of the enterprise, if applicable.
I.15.Skills development programs are conducted.
I.16.The students are given assistance in career and job placement.
I.17.The institution encourages student economic ventures such as but not limited to:
I.17.1. student laboratory cooperatives;
I.17.2. entrepreneurial activities/projects;
I.17.3. savings; and
I.17.4. others (please specify)_____________________.
I.18.Updated information on student welfare and development are accessible and disseminated.
I.19.The student body is involved in the development and revision of Student Handbook.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Quality student welfare services are available.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a system of accreditation, monitoring and evaluation of student organizations.
S.2.The institution provides adequate office space and other forms of support to accredited student organizations.
S.3.There is coordination between the school administration and SAS concerning students with drug and other related problems.
S.4.A mechanism to address student grievance is in place.
S.5.Program and opportunities to develop and enhance leadership among students are provided.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Requirements and procedures for recognition/accreditation of student organizations are widely disseminated.
I.2.The Constitution and by-law of student organizations incorporate participation and advocacy in social action activities.
I.3.The institution conducts leadership training.
I.4.The institution recognizes the right of the students to:
I.4.1. govern themselves as a student body;
I.4.2. be transparent and accountable to their constituents; and
I.4.3. be presented in various fora where the students need to be consulted.
I.5. The institution ensures transparency in the development/revision of guidelines and procedures for the student council/government.
I.6.The instruction implements gender and disability sensitive rules and regulations published in a Student Handbook/Manual acceptable to students.
I.7.Sanctions are enforced for misconduct such as but not limited to act of vandalism, hazing, bullying, libelous statements and other negative acts that threaten peace and order inside and outside the school premises
I.8.Grievance Committee is established to ensure due process in dealing with student’s misconduct.
I.9.The institution supports the establishment and implementation of student publication as provided for in R.A. 7079, otherwise known as “Campus Journalism Act of 1991” and other media forms.
I.10.The production /publication of a yearbook is encouraged.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Quality student development services are assured.
PARAMETER D: INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of student, recruitment, selection, admission and retention.
S.2.Admission requirements and procedures of persons with disabilities as stipulated in R.A. 7277 are in place.
S.3.Scholarship and financial assistance in various forms are available to students.
S.4.Policies and guidelines are instutionalized for students from marginalized sector of the country.
S.5.There is a policy on wellness and healthy lifestyle.
S.6.Buildings and facilities which conform with government standards are provided with accessible and safe amenities for persons with disabilities.
S.7.There is a disaster risk reduction and management program in compliance with R.A. 10121, otherwise known as the “Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2020”
S.8.Policies on the use of student facilities are in place.
S.9.An integrated service program that caters to the various needs of foreign students are available, whenever applicable.
S.10.A liaison officer is available to assist foreign students in their transactions with concerned government agencies, whenever applicable.
S.11.There are programs for life skills training (e.g. Conflict and stress management, harassment, etc.) couseling, testing and referrals for students with special needs.
S.12.The institution provides opportunities for promotion and appreciation of culture and arts.
S.13.The institution has well equipped offices for:
S.13.1. Culture and the Arts ;
S.13.2. Sports Development;
S.13.3. Student Publications; and
S.13.4. Medical-Dental Clinic.
S.14.There is a well-furnished medical-dental clinic.
S.15.There is a medical and dental program designed for:
S.15.1. diagnostic purposes;
S.15.2. first aid;
S.15.3. prevention and prophylaxis; and
S.15.4. physical-dental exam.
S.16.An updated information on student health condition is available to parents/guardians.
S.17.There are mechanisms to promote national, sectoral and cultural sports activities and development in coordination with concerned agencies.
S.18.There are financial assistance programs designed for:
S.18.1. educational loans;
S.18.2. student assistantship;
S.18.3. attendance to seminars, training(sports, leadership,etc);
S.18.4. grants-in-aid; and
S.18.5. other (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The faculty and students are properly informed of the admission guidelines and retention policies.
I.2.The policies and procedures on selection, admission and retention of students are implemented.
I.3.The following student admission records are filled and made available to concerned parties:
I.3.1. enrollment trends;
I.3.2. drop-out rate;
I.3.3. licensure examination results and passing percentage;
I.3.4. employability of graduates;
I.3.5. student transferees; and
I.3.6. student classification by specialization.
I.4.Retention policies are approved by the Academic Council and confirmed by the Board of Regents/Trustees.
I.5.The list of tuition and other school fees is posted conspicuously.
I.6The institution provides access to scholarship and financial assistance.
I.7.Guideliness on scholarship and financial assistance are widely and promptly disseminated.
I.8.Criteria for safety, sanitation and food choices in the school canteen/cafeteria are enforced.
I.9.The institution coordinates with the local government for the safety and sanitation of food service outside the school premises.
I.10.The institution periodically inspects food outlets for sanitation and hygiene. The sanitary permit is displayed in a prominent area of the food outlet.
I.11.The primary health care services are administered to all students by licensed medical, dental and allied professionals.
I.12.Facilities for keeping health care and updated health records of students are adequate and well-maintained.
I.13.Policies and procedures in the selection of student athletes, performers, writes, etc. are implemented.
I.14.Health and related laws, rules and regulations are enforced.
I.15.Licensed and competent security personnel ensure the safety and security of students.
I.16.Earthquake and fire drills involving students, faculty and administrative staff are conducted regularly.
I.17.The institution establishers programs for the students to help in crime prevention, cleanliness and orderliness, observance of a clean and green environment, safety and security of the school premises.
I.18.The institution provides assistance to students on accessible, affordable, clean, conducive to learning, dormitories and housing facilities.
I.19.The institution ensures that the students right to practice his/her religion is respected.
I.20.Submission of required reports on foreign students to concerned government agencies is done, whenever applicable.
I.21.The Code of Conduct for foreign students in the country is enforced.
I.22.The institution accommodates students with special needs.
I.23. There is a regular submission of the list of students with special needs to the CHEDRO describing the institutions intervention programs.
I.24.Sports development programs are regularly conducted.
I.25.The institution ensures opportunities for students to participate in socio and civic action activities.
I.26.The students are converted with Life and Accident Insurance.
I.27.The institution rewards SAS staff for exceptional job performance.
I.28.The institution informs the students and other stakeholders on other related programs and services not cited in CMO No. 9 s. 2013.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The institutional programs and services develop student potentials to the fullest.
PARAMETER E: RESEARCH, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a research program on student affairs and services.
S.2.There is mechanism for monitoring and evaluation of SAS programs.
S.3.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are available.
S.4.There is adequate funding for the conduct of SAS researches and monitoring and evaluation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Researches on student affairs and services are conducted.
I.2.Research results and outputs are disseminated and utilized.
I.3.Regular monitoring and evaluation on the implementation of student services are conducted.
I.4.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are developed, reviewed, and continuously improved.
I.5.Reports are filed and submitted regularly to CHEDRO.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are presented and published.
RESEARCH
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution’s research agenda is in consonance with institutional, regional and national priorities concerned such as DOST, CHED-National Higher Education Research Agenda, NEDA, etc.
S.2. The institution has an approved Research Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The approved Research Agenda is implemented.
I.2.The following stakeholders participate in the formulation of research agenda as bases for identifying institutional thrusts and priorities:
I.2.1. administration;
I.2.2. faculty;
I.2.3. students;
I.2.4. government agency representatives(DOST, CHED, NEDA, etc.); and
I.2.5. other stakeholders(alumni, parents, etc.).
I.3.Action researches to test theory in practice are conducted by faculty and students.
I.4.Team/collaborative and interdisciplinary research is encouraged.
I.5.Research outputs are published in referred national and/or international journals.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority researches are identified and conducted.
O.2.Research results are published.
PARAMETER B: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and adequate budget for research.
S.2.There are provisions for the following
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet, statistical software, and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. research staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials ; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
The institution:
I.1. allocates adequate funds for the conduct of faculty and student research.
I.2.establishes linkages with the local/national/international agencies for funding support and assistance.
I.3.maintains a functional and long-range program of faculty/staff development to enhance research capability and competence.
I.4.encourages the conduct of externally funded researches.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Research Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER C: IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION AND UTILIZATION OF RESEARCH RESULTS /OUTPUTS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of implementation, monitoring, evaluation and utilization of research outputs.
S.2.The institution has a policy on Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution/College/Academic Unit has a Research Unit managed by competent staff.
I.2.The Research Manual provides guidelines and procedures for the administration and conduct of research.
I.3.The faculty conduct applied and operational researches in their fields of specialization in accordance with the thrusts and priorities of the program/institution.
I.4.The instruction provides incentives to faculty research such as honoraria, service credits, deloading, etc.
I.5. The College /Academic Unit requires its students to conduct research, as a course requirement, (whenever applicable)
I.6.The institution provides opportunities for advanced studies and/or training to enhance faculty/staff research competence.
I.7.Completed and on-going research studies are periodically monitored and evaluated in local and regional in-house reviews.
I.8.Research outputs are utilized as inputs in:
I.8.1. institutional development;
I.8.2. the improvement of instructional processes; and
I.8.3. the transfer of generated technology/knowledge to the community.
I.9.Packaged technologies and new information are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate delivery systems.
I.10.The institution ensures that:
I.10.1. research outputs are protected by IPR laws; and
I.10.2. faculty and students observe research ethics to avoid malpractices like plagiarism, fabrication of data, etc.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.implementation, monitoring, evaluation and research utilization of outputs are effective.
PARAMETER D: PUBLICATION AND DISSEMINATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has an approved and copyrighted Research Journal.
S.2.The institution has incentives for:
S.2.1. paper presentations;
S.2.2. journal publication;
S.2.3. outstanding research related performance; and
S.2.4. patented outputs.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The institution provides opportunities for the dissemination of research results in fora, conferences, seminars, and other related means.
I.2.The institution regularly publishes a research journal.
I.3.Library exchange of research publications with other HEI’s and agencies is maintained.
I.4.Research manuscripts/technical reports are well-written, and edited following the institutional format.
I.5.The institution supports the researchers in all of the following activities:
I.5.1. Instructional Materials Development;
I.5.2. paper presentations, journal publication, classroom lectures, and other similar activities;
I.5.3. editorship/writing in academic, scientific and professional journals;
I.5.4. thesis/dissertation advising; and
I.5.5. patenting of research outputs.
I.6.Research results are published preferably in referred journals.
I.7.Research results are disseminated to the target clientele.
I.8.The College/Academic Unit generates income from patents, licenses, copyrights, and other research outputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are published in refereed journals.
O.2.Research outputs are utilized.
O.3.Patented and copyrighted research outputs are commercialized.
EXTENSION AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
PPP
Compliance Report
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The extension agenda is in consonance of local, regional and national development thrusts and priorities.
S.2. The College/Academic Unit has a benchmark survey of the problems, needs priorities and resources of the community.
S.3. The extension program reflects the VMGO.
S.4. There is a pool of consultants/experts from various disciplines to serve in extension projects and activities.
S.5. The institution has an approved and copyrighted Extension Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The extension projects and activities implemented are based on the results of the benchmark survey.
I.2. The extension projects and activities complement the curriculum of the Electrical Engineering program under review.
I.3. A mutual exchange of resources and services between the College/Academic Unit and the community is evident.
I.4. Linkages with local, national, foreign, and non-governmental agencies are institutionalized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority and relevant extension projects and activities are conducted.
PARAMETER B: PLANNING, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a distinct office that manages the Extension Program.
S.2. Instruments for monitoring and evaluation are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The administration, faculty, students and other stakeholders of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering participate in the planning and organization of Extension Program
I.2. The administration, faculty and students are involved in the implementation and dissemination of extension programs.
I.3. The extension projects and activities serve varied clientele.
I.4. The conduct of extension projects and activities is sustainable.
I.5. Technologies/new knowledge are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate extension delivery systems.
I.6. The extension activities are documented in the form of :
I.6.1. pamphlets;
I.6.2. flyers;
I.6.3. bulletins;
I.6.4. newletters; and
I.6.5. electronic resources.
I.7. Periodic monitoring and evaluation of extension projects and activities are conducted.
I.8. Results of monitoring and evaluation are disseminated and discussed with concerned stakeholders.
I.9. Re-planning of activities based on feedback is conducted.
I.10. Accomplishment and terminal reports are filed and submitted on time.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is well-planned , implemented, monitored, evaluated and disseminated.
O.2. The Extension Program has contributed to the improvement on the quality of life of the target clientele/beneficiaries.
PARAMETER C: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an approved and adequate budget for extension.
S.2. There is a provision of:
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. extension staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The budget for the extension program is utilized as planned.
I.2. Honoraria and other incentives(deloading, credit unit equivalent, etc.)to faculty involved in extension work are granted.
I.3. The College /Academic Unit of sources out the following from other agencies:
I.3.1. additional funding; and
I.3.2. technical assistance and service inputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER D: COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AND PARTICIPATION IN THE INSTITUTION’S ACTIVITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a strategy for involving the community, government and private agencies in the Extension Program.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The College/Academic Unit is committed to the service and development of the community, and
I.1.1. initiates and maintains community development projects;
I.1.2. involves the students, faculty, staff administrators in the projects; and
I.1.3. coordinates its community programs and services with the target clientele.
I.2. There is community participation and involvement in extension activities in the following:
I.2.1. planning;
I.2.2. implementation and dissemination;
I.2.3. monitoring and evaluation;
I.2.4. out-sourcing of funds, materials and other service inputs; and
I.2.5. utilization of technology, knowledge learned , skills acquired from the extension projects and activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is wholesome coordination between the Extension Program implementers and the target clientele/beneficiaries.
LIBRARY
PARAMETER A: ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The organization structure of the library is well-defined.
S.2. The development of the library goals and objectives is the responsibility of the library head and staff with the approval of the Head of the institution.
S.3.There is a Library Board/Committee which sets library policies, rules and procedures and periodically reviews them.
S.4.There js a duly approved and widely disseminated Library Manual or written policies and procedures covering the library’s internal administration and operation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The library develops an explicit statement of its goals and objectives in conformity with the mandate of the institution.
I.2.The library is administered and supervised by:
I.2.1. a full-time professional licensed librarian; and
I.2.2. at least a master’s degree holder in MS Library and Information Science or MAEd/MA in Library Science.
I.3.The Head Librarian directs and supervises the total operation of the library and is responsible for the administration of its resource and services.
I.4.The Head Librarian, preferarbly with an academic rank, actively participates in the academic and administrative activities of the institution.
I.5.The annual accomplishments and other reports of the library are prompty submitted to the higher offices concerned.
I.6.A Library Development Plan is prepared in consultation with the institution’s officials and stakeholders.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The goals and objectives of the Library are satisfactorily attained.
O.2.The library organizational structure is well-designed and effectively implemented.
PARAMETER B: ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The library has staff with the following qualifications.
S.1.1. BS in Library and Information Science for the College/Academic Unit Library; and
S.1.2. MS in Library and Information Science or MAED/MA in Library Science) for the institution.
S.2.1. one(1) Licensed Librarian with two (2) full time staff for the first 500-student population; and
S.2.2. one(1) additional full time Professional Librarian with one (1) full time staff for every additional 1,000 students.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The librarians are qualified.
PARAMETER C: COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION AND PRESERVATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a written Collection Development Policy.
S.2.There is a core collection of at least:
S.2.1. 5,000 titles of the Academic Unit Library; or
S.2.2. 10,000 titles that support the instruction, research and other programs for an institution Library.
S.3.Twenty percent (20%) of the library holdings are of current edition, i.e. with copyright within the last 5 years.
S.4.The Non-print, digital and electronic resources are available.
S.5.There is an integrated library system.
S.6.There are provisions for the preservation, general care, and upkeep of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Collection Development Policy is regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Library Committee.
I.2.The library collection and services support the mission and vision of the institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
I.3.The library provides, sufficient research books and materials to supplement the client’s curricular needs.
I.4.The library maintains an extensive (15% of the total) Filipiniana collection.
I.5.The library provides 3-5 book/journal titles for professional subjects in the major fields of specialization.
I.6.The Library collection is organized according to an accepted scheme of classification and standard code of cataloging.
I.7.Regular weeding-out program is conducted to maintain a relevant and updated collection.
I.8.The quality and quantity of library materials and resources conform with the standards set for a particular academic program.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library core collection is adequate, updated and well-balanced.
O.2.The professional books, journals and electronic resources for the program are sufficient.
PARAMETER D: SERVICES AND UTILIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library has information services pertinent to the institution’s requirements.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The following services/programs are provided:
I.1.1. functional and interactive library web page;
I.1.2. integrated library system;
I.1.3. on-line public access (OPAC);
I.1.4. circulation on-line;
I.1.5. computerized cataloging;
I.1.6. inventory reporting;
I.1.7. serials control;
I.1.8. internet searching;
I.1.9. CD-ROM;
I.1.10. on-line database;
I.1.11. photocopying; and
I.1.12. bar coding.
I.2.The library opens at least 54 hours per week for the College/Academic Unit or 60 hours per week for the institution.
I.3.The library promotes and disseminates its program through a regular announcement of its new acquisition of print materials(books,journals, magazines), resources, facilities, and services.
I.4.Librarians and staff are available during library hours to assist and provide library services.
I.5.Statistical data on the utilization of various resources and services are compiled and used to improve the library collection and operations.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library services are efficiently and effectively provided.
O.2.The library users are satisfied with library services.
PARAMETER E: PHYSICAL SET-UP AND FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
Location and site
S.1.The library is strategically located and accessible to students, faculty and other clientele.
S.2.The library is systematically planned to allow future expansion.
Space Requirement
S.3.The size of the library meets standard requirements considering the present enrollment and future expansion.
S.4.The reading room can accommodate at least 10% of the school enrollment at any given time.
S.5.Space is provided for print resources as well as workstations for electronic resources.
S.6.Space is provided for the librarian’s office, staff room, technical room, etc.
S.7.Ramps for the physically disabled as provided.
Furniture and Equipment
S.8.The library meets the required and standard-sized furniture and equipment.
S.9.The following library furniture and equipment are available:
S.9.1. adjustable/movable shelves;
S.9.2. magazine display shelves;
S.9.3. newspaper racks;
S.9.4. standard tables and chairs;
S.9.5. carrels for individual study;
S.9.6. desks and chairs for staff;
S.9.7. charging desk;
S.9.8. dictionary stand;
S.9.9. atlas stand;
S.9.10. bulletin boards and display cabinets;
S.9.11. vertical file cabinets;
S.9.12. book racks;
S.9.13. map stands/cabinets;
S.9.14. cardex/rotadex or any filing equipment for periodical records;
S.9.15. typerwriters;
S.9.16. computers with printers; and
S.9.17. other (please specify)________________.
Physical Provisions for Reading
S.10.The library is well lighted.
S.11.The library is well-ventilated.
S.12.The atmosphere is conducive to learning.
Security/Control
S.13.Fire extinguishers and a local fire alarm system are available.
S.14.The library employs a system for security and control of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. IT Software and multi-media equipment are utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The environment in the library is conducive to learning.
O.2.The library facilities are well-maintained and aesthetically designed.
PARAMETER F: FINANCIAL SUPPORT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a regular and realistic budget for the library.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The Head Librarian and staff, in coordination with other officials of the institution, prepare and manage the annual library budget.
I.2.All fees and funds allocated for library resources and services are utilized solely for such purposes and are properly audited.
I.3.Other sources of financial assistance are sought.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The financial support from fiduciary, supplemental and external funds is adequate.
PARAMETER G: LINKAGES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library is on the mailing list of agencies, foundations, etc., for exchange of publications and other books and journals donations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Linkages with other institutions and funding agencies are explored and established for the purposes of enhancing library facilities and resources.
I.2.The library establishes consortia, networking and resource sharing with other institutions and library collaborative activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Library resource sharing and linkages are well-established.
PHYSICAL PLANT AND FACILITIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: CAMPUS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 There is a Site Development Plan, ang program of implementation.
S.2. The Campus has accessible good roads and pathways.
S.3. The campus is in a well-planned , clean and properly landscaped environment.
S.4. There is a system to ensure that all of the following are provided:
S.4.1. traffic safety in and outside the campus;
S.4.2. waste management program;
S.4.3. proper utilization , repair and upkeep of school facilities and equipment; and
S.4.4. cleanliness and orderliness of the school campus.
S.5. An area for outdoor educational activities, e.g. social, physical, athletic, cultural, military training, etc. Exists.
S.6. There is a campus security unit that ensures safety of the academic community.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The site infrastructure development plan is implemented as planned.
I.2. The site plan is strategically displayed inside the campus indicating the location of the different buildings, driveways, parking areas, etc.
I.3. The infrastructure development plan is implemented in accordance with approved zoning ordinances.
I.4. Covered walks are provided to protect the academic community from inclement weather.
I.5. The institution implements a Waste Management Program.
I.6. The Maintenance Unit or its equivalent periodically inspects school facilities and equipment to ensure their proper utilization and upkeep.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Campus environment is conducive to all educational activities.
O.2. The site can accommodate its present school population and future expansion.
O.3. The campus is safe and well-maintained.
O.4. The campus is well-planned, clean and properly landscaped.
PARAMETER B: BUILDINGS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The buildings meet all requirements of the Building Code. A Certificate of Occupancy for each building is conspicuously displayed.
S.2. The buildings are constructed according to their respective uses.
S.3. The buildings are well-planned and appropriately located to provide for future expansion.
S.4. Entry and exit points permit the use of the buildings for public and other functions with minimum interference to school activities.
S.5. Emergency exits are provided and properly marked.
S.6. The buildings are equipped with emergency/fire escapes which are readily accessible.
S.7. The corridors, doorways, and alleys are well-constructed for better mobility.
S.8. The buildings are well-ventilated and lighted.
S.9. The buildings have facilities for persons with disability (PWDs) as provided by law.
S.10. There is a central signal and fire alarm system.
S.11. There are readily accessible and functional fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment.
S.12. Bulletin boards, display boards, waste disposal containers and other amenities are strategically located inside the buildings.
S.13. There are faculty rooms and offices.
S.14. The buildings are insured.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The buildings are clean, well-maintained and free from vandalistic acts.
I.2. Toilets are clean and well-maintained.
I.3. Electrical lines are safety installed and periodically checked.
I.4. Water facilities are functional and well-distributed in all buildings.
I.5. There is a periodic potability testing of drinking water.
I.6. Floor plans indicating fire exits and location of fire fighting equipment, stand pipes , and other water resources are conspicuously displayed in each building.
I.7. All school facilities are periodically subjected to pest control and inspection.
I.8. Smoking is strictly prohibited inside the campus.
I.9. Periodic drill on disaster and risk reduction (earthquake, flood, fire etc.) is conducted.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The buildings and other facilities are safe, well-maintained and functional.
PARAMETER C: CLASSROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Classrooms size (1.5 sq.m. per student) meets standard specifications for instruction.
S.2. The classrooms are well-lighted, ventilated and acoustically conditioned.
S.3. The classrooms are adequate and are provided with enough chairs, furniture and equipment.
S.4. There are sufficient supplies (chalkboards/whiteboards, and instructional materials) in each classroom.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The classrooms are clearly marked and arranged relative to their functions.
I.2. The classrooms are well-maintained and free from interference.
I.3. Students cooperate in maintaining the cleanliness and orderliness of the classrooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Classrooms are adequate and conducive to learning.
PARAMETER D: OFFICES AND STAFF ROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The administrative offices are accessible to stakeholders.
S.2. All offices are accessible and conveniently located in accordance to their functions.
S.3. There are offices and workspaces for all officials, faculty and administrative staff.
S.4. Administration and faculty offices and staff rooms are clean, well-lighted and ventilated.
S.5. Function rooms and lounge are available and accessible.
S.6. Storerooms are strategically located.
S.7. There is internal and external communication system.
S.8. There are clean toilets for administrators, faculty, staff, and students.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. All offices are furnished with the necessary equipment, furniture, supplies and materials.
I.2. All offices are well-maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The offices and staff rooms are adequate and conducive to working environment.
PARAMETER E: ASSEMBLY, ATHLETIC AND SPORTS FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Function rooms for holding meetings, conferences, convocations and similar activities are sufficient.
S.2. Facilities for athletic sports, cultural activities, military training, etc. are accessible.
S.3. The seating capacity conforms to standards.
S.4. There are adequate and well-marked entry and exit points.
S.5. There are storage facilities for athletic sports and other curricular training equipment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Indoor facilities are constructed with:
I.1.1. appropriate flooring;
I.1.2. proper lighting and ventilation;
I.1.3. safety measures;
I.1.4. toilets;
I.1.5. functional drinking facilities; and
I.1.6. enough chairs.
I.2. The constructed outdoor facilities are:
I.2.1. free from hazards;
I.2.2. suitably surfaced floor;
I.2.3. appropriately laid out for a variety of activities;
I.2.4. properly maintained and secured; and
I.2.5. installed with drainage system.
I.3. Assembly, athletic sports and cultural facilities are sufficient and varied to meet the requirements of the institution.
I.4. Audio-visual room and facilities with appropriate equipment are utilized in support of the teaching-learning such as but not limited to video/ overhead/ slide projector, sound system, LCD projectors and screens.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Indoor and outdoor facilities are well-equipped and properly maintained.
PARAMETER F: MEDICAL AND DENTAL CLINIC
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Medical and Dental Clinic has basic facilities such as: reception area, records section, examination/treatment room and toilets.
S.2. The institution has functional medical and dental section/area.
S.3. Potable water is available and sufficient.
S.4. Medical and dental equipment are provided.
S.5. There are enough medical and dental supplies and materials.
S.6. Storage facilities(refrigerator, steel cabinets.) are available.
S.7. Medical and dental supplies and materials are properly labeled.
S.8. The following basic medical equipment and medicines are all available:
S.8.1. emergency medicines;
S.8.2. ambobag;
S.8.3. oxygen tank;
S.8.4. intravenous fluid;
S.8.5. sphygmomanometer(at least 2 sets);
S.8.6. thermometer(at least 10 pcs);
S.8.7. diagnostic sets;
S.8.8. stethoscope(at least 2 units);
S.8.9. treatment cart; and
S.8.10. nebulizer.
S.9. The following basic dental equipment and apparatuses are available:
S.9.1. dental chair;
S.9.2. autoclave(sterilizer);
S.9.3. medical supplies;
S.9.4. filling instruments; and
S.9.5. basic instruments (forceps ,mouth mirror, cotton fliers, explorer, etc).
S.10. The Medical/Dental Clinic has ample space, adequate lighting and ventilation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Medical and Dental Clinics are managed by qualified medical and dental officers.
I.2. Distinct rooms and storage areas are properly labeled.
I.3. Medical and dental services are regularly monitored and evaluated.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The medical, dental clinic and services are functional.
PARAMETER G: STUDENT CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Center with supplies and materials.
S.2. Policies and guidance on the proper utilization of Student Center are in place.
S.3. The student Center is well-lighted and ventilated.
S.4. A conference room is available for student’s use.
S.5. There are facilities and equipment for table games, music appreciation, and TV or video viewing.
S.6. Clean and sanitary toilets, for men separate from those of women are available.
S.7. Toilet fixtures for students with special needs from PWD’s are provided.
S.8. There are offices for student leaders, the editorial staff of the student publication and the officers of other student organizations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Student activities at the Student Center are regularly conducted and monitored.
I.2. The Student Center is properly maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Student Center is fully equipped and functional.
PARAMETER H: FOOD SERVICES/CANTEEN/CAFETERIA
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The canteen/ cafeteria is well-lighted, ventilated, screened and provided with potable water supply.
S.2. There are enough:
S.2.1. cooking and preparatory equipment;
S.2.2. serving tools and utensils;
S.2.3. cleaning supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. dining tables and chairs.
S.3. Wash area and toilets are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution requires business and sanitary permits for the operation of the Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen.
I.2. Food served is varied, nutritious, safe and sold at affordable price.
I.3. The Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen is well-managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.4. Cleanliness and orderliness are enforced.
I.5. The food services are prompt.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Canteen/Cafeteria/Food Center is well-patronized.
O.2. The food services generate income for the institution.
PARAMETER I: ACCREDITATION CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Accreditation Center (AC) is accessible and conveniently located.
S.2. The AC has the following equipment and fixtures:
S.2.1. working tables and chairs;
S.2.2. cabinets for display and filing;
S.2.3. good ventilation and lighting;
S.2.4. computer unit;
S.2.5. toilets; and
S.2.6. lounge.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution/College/Academic Unit maintains the AC with the required resources, furniture , and documents.
I.2. The AC is managed by a qualified and committed staff/faculty.
I.3. Required documents/information and exhibits are updated, systematically packaged and readily available.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The AC is well-equipped and managed.
PARAMETER J: HOUSING(optional)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are dormitories and housing facilities for students, faculty and staff.
S.2. There is an implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for in-campus housing services.
S.3. There is a system of coordinating with the LGU’s on privately owned boarding houses.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The housing facilities functionally designed.
I.2. The housing facilities and surroundings are properly maintained and monitored.
I.3. The IRR on housing services is strictly followed (e.g. Dormitory fees, etc.).
I.4. The institution coordinates with LGU’s and owners of private boarding houses.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The housing facilities are safe, habitable and well-maintained.
O.2. There is wholesome coordination among the institution, the LGU’s and the owners of private boarding houses.
LABORATORIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: LABORATORIES, SHOPS ANDFACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The laboratory layout conforms to acceptable standards (RA 6541-National Building Code of the Philippines/PD 856 “Code of Sanitation of the Philippines) and to particular needs of the Electrical Engineering program
S.2. Rooms have lightings conform to the standard requirements of fluorescent bulbs relative to the size of the room
S.3. The laboratories are properly lighted and well-ventilated.
S.4. Each laboratory room has at least two exit doors that open outward.
S.5. There is a laboratory for shop work for specific technologies.
S.6. There is a computer laboratory with at least 15 usable computer units and a printer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Furniture/equipment arrangement allows free mobility and enables students to work comfortably without interference.
I.2. Safety and precautionary measures are implemented
I.3. Usable fire extinguishers are accessible to staff and students.
I.4. Laboratory Operations Manuals for the faculty and students are provided in each laboratory.
I.5. Demonstrations and training are periodically conducted on the proper use of fire extinguishers, first-aid kit and other emergency measures.
I.6. A well-equipped first-aid kit, charts for antidotes and neutralizing solutions are made available in each laboratory room.
I.7. A student’s access to a computer is at least 15 hours per term subject.
I.8. Appropriate laboratories for general subjects are adequately equipped and well-maintained.
I.9. A well-equipped Multimedia Center is maintained.
I.10. Gas, water and electricity are utilized for class laboratory activities.
I.11. A demonstration table, equipped with sink, water, electrical and gas outlets , is utilized.
I.12. Laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are kept in separate stock rooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are well-equipped, functional and are conducive to learning.
PARAMETER B: EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The equipment, instruments, supplies, and materials in the classrooms are available in the laboratories and shops
S.2. Apparatuses, tools and materials conform with the standard required for the subject in accordance with the CMO of the program.
S.2.1 List of required laboratory equipment/apparatus for General Education Laboratory(Required Quantitiy is based on a class size of 25 students)
S.2.1.1.1. alligator Clip (10 pcs)
S.2.1.1.2. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.3. burner (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.4. conductivity apparatus (1 set)
S.2.1.1.5. distillation apparatus(1 set)
S.2.1.1.6 evaporating Dish (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.7. filter stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.8. glass Funnel (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.9. glass tubing (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.10. gradtuated Cylinder (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.11. petri dish (5pcs)
S.2.1.1.12. sand bag (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.13. syrige (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.14. test tube (50 pcs)
S.2.1.1.15. thermometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.16. triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2. Physical 1 Laboratory
S.2..1.2.1. Atwood’s machine (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.2. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.3. Blackwood ballistic pendulum (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.4. centriped force apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.5. clamp (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.6. cutter blade (5pcs)
S.2..1.2.7. demonstration balance (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.8. dynamic cart (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.9. force frame (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.10. force table (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.11. free fall apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.12. friction block with different surfaces (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.13. friction board with pulley (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.14. frictionless dynamic track (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.15. glass plate (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.16. Hooke’s Law apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.17. hydrometer jar (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.18. Inverted U-tube (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.19. linear air track with blower and trolley (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.20. masses (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.21. metal balls of diferrent size (12 pcs)
S.2.1.2.22. metal stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.23. meter stick (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.24. micrometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.25. Mohr-Wespal Balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.26. plane board with stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.27. platform/triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.28. protractor (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.29. ramp/launcher (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.30. rubber hammer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.31. ruler (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.32. scissors (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.33. slotted masses,5-500 g ( 5 sets)
S.2.1.2.34. sonometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.35. spring balance (15 pcs)
S.2.1.2.36. support rod (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.37. timer/stopwatch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.38. turning forks of three diff. frequencies
S.2.1.2.39. vernier caliper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.40. weight holder (15 pcs)
S.2.1.2.41. wooden cart (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3. Physical 2 Laboratory
S.2.1.3.1. 15 cm focal length concave lens
S.2.1.3.2. 15 cm focal length convex lens
S.2.1.3.3. 1-m slide wire/Wheatstone bridge
S.2.1.3.4. 5 cm focal length spherical mirror
S.2.1.3.5. bar magnets (10 pcs)
S.2.1.3.6. Basins (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.7. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.8. beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.9. bread board (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.10. Bridging plugs/ connecting wires(10 stes)
S.2.1.3.11. Calorimeter (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.12. coil (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.13. Compass (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.14. component holder (15 pcs)
S.2.1.3.15. Connectors (5 sets)
S.2.1.3.16. crossed arrow target (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.17. cylindrical lens (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.18. DC power supply (5pcs)
S.2.1.3.19. electri calorimeter (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.20. fixed capacitor (330 microfarad) (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.21. fixed resistors (25 pcs)
S.2.1.3.22. fluorescent lamp (2 sets)
S.2.1.3.23. frame for bar magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.24. Galvanometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.25. horseshoe magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.26. jumper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.27. light source,(Sodium/mercury lamps (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.28. Mechanical equivalent of heat apparatus
S.2.1.3.29. metal conductor with insulated handle (2 sets)
S.2.1.3.30. natural magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.31. Ohmmeter/VOM (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.32. optic bench (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.33. panel board/circuit board (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.34. parallel ray lens (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.35. power supply/sourse (5 sets)
S.2.1.3.36. ray optics mirror (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.37. ray table and base (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.38. reversing switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.39. rheostat (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.40. slit mask (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.42. solenoid (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.43. SPDT switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.44. SPST switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.45. steam generator (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.46. Stirrer ( 5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.47. stopwatch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.48. switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.49. Testla meter/ tangent galvanometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.50. thermal expansion apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.51. triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.52. U-tube (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.53. Van de Graff generator (2 pcs)
S.2.1.3.54. vernier caliper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.55. viewing screen (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.56. VOM multi-tester (10 pcs)
S.2.2. List of required laboratory matreials for General Education Laboraory (Required Quantity is based on a class size of 25 students)
S.2.2.1. General Chemistry Laboratory Materials
S.2.2.1.1. Activated charcoal ( 5g )
S.2.2.1.2 Al strips ( 5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.3. Alcohol ( 30 ml )
S.2.2.1.4. Battery (5 pcs )
S.2.2.1.5. Cu strips ( 5 pcs )
S.2.2.1.6. CuSo4 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.7. Electrolyte solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.8. FeCl3 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.9. Fe(NO3)3 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.10. food color (5 g)
S.2.2.1.11. HCI Solution ( 80 ml)
S.2.2.1.12. Hexane (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.13. I2 crystals (8g)
S.2.2.1.14. KCIO3 solid (3 g)
S.2.2.1.15. KMnO4 (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.16. KSCN solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.17. KCI solution ( 25 ml)
S.2.2.1.18. Mg strips (5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.19. Mg ribbon (5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.20. NaCI (5 g)
S.2.2.1.21. NaCI solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.22. NaOH solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.23. NH4 OH (5ml)
S.2.2.1.24. Oil (5ml)
S.2.2.1.25. Pb(NO3)2 solution ( 25 ml)
S.2.2.1.26. staple wire (1 box)
S.2.2.1.27. Sugar ( 10g)
S.2.2.1.28. Urea (5 g)
S.2.2.1.29. Zn strips ( 10 pcs)
S.2.2.1.30. Zn(No3)2 (25 ml)
S.2.2.2. Physical 1 & 2 Laboratory Materials
S.2.2.2.1. alluminum foil ( 2 rolls)
S.2.2.2.2. carbon paper (30 pcs)
S.2.2.2.3. conducting paper ( 30 pcs)
S.2.2.2.4. dry cell (5 pcs)
S.2.2.2.5. masking tape ( 2 rolls)
S.2.2.2.6. string ( 15 pcs)
S.2.2.2.7. tissue paper ( 2 rolls)
S.3. Varied computer software is available
S.4. The computers conform to generally accepted industry standards and be capable of providing in the micro, mid-range, or main-frame environments
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Equipment are well-maintained.
I.2. Laboratory supplies and materials are wisely utilized.
I.3. Licensed computer software are installed and utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are sufficient and wisely utilized.
PARAMETER C: MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. A laboratory technician/assistant is available for the proper upkeep of the laboratory.
S.2. The institution has a Maintenance and Repair Department/Unit managed by skilled staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution keeps the laboratories neat, clean and orderly.
I.2. There is regular replenishment/replacement pf laboratory supplies and materials.
I.3. The inventory of laboratory facilities and equipment is systematically and periodically conducted.
I.4. The laboratory equipment/instruments are in good condition and are periodically calibrated.
I.5. All equipment are coded, listed and inventoried.
I.6. Waste disposal is efficiently and effectively managed.
I.7. The following are properly maintained by trained staff/technicians:
I.7.1. shops;
I.7.2. computer laboratory;
I.7.3. multi-media center/educational technology center;
I.7.4. research facility;and
I.7.5. general education laboratory;
I.7.5.1. natural science/physical science;
I.7.5.2. speech laboratory; and
I.7.5.3. physical education; and
I.7.5.4. others(please specify)________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are functional and properly maintained.
PARAMETER D: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Specific program requirements (listing of materials and equipment as per CMO 34 s 2008) are in accordance with guidelines/policies embodied in issurances, e.g. CMOs.
List of required laboratory equipment/apparatuses (The minimum required quantity is based on class size of 25)
Allied Subjects
S.2. Feedback and Control System Laboratory
S.2.1. computer workstation (5sets)
S.2.2. control system software ( 5 sets)
S.3. Principles of Communication Laboratory
S.3.1. AM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.2. AM Receiver Module, AM29618 (5pcs)
S.3.3. Amplitude Modulation(AM) Module (5pcs)
S.3.4. breadboard (5pcs)
S.3.5. capacitors, 1 nf (5pcs)
S.3.6. carbon resistors, 10 Kq (5pcs)
S.3.7. conecting wires (5pcs)
S.3.8. DC sourse (2pcs)
S.3.9. FM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.10. FM Receiver Module (5 pcs)
S.3.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.3.12. multimeter (5 pcs)
S.3.13. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.3.14. oscilloscope probes (5 pcs)
S.3.15. personal computer (5 sets)
S.3.16. power supply,+/-15V DC regulated ( 5 pcs)
S.3.17. Practical Electronics Trainer (5 pcs)
S.3.18. software for simulation of AM(5pcs)
S.3.19. Tuned Circuits and Filter Module (5pcs)
S.3.20. Two-channel oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4 Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 1)
S.4.1. analog multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.2. breadboard (5pcs)
S.4.3. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.4. desktop computer (5 pcs)
S.4.5. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.6. FET fundamentals circuits board with power supply (5pcs)
S.4.7. function generator (5 pcs)
S.4.8. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4.9. semiconductor devices circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.10. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5. Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 2)
S.5.1. breadboard (5 pcs)
S.5.2. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.3. Digital Circuit Training Module (5 pcs)
S.5.4. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.5.5. function generator (5 pcs)
S.5.6. operational amplifier circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.7. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.5.8. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.9. transistor feedback circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.10. VOM (5pcs)
S.6. Industrial Electronics
S.6.1. breadboard (10pcs)
S.6.1. capacitors (10pcs)
S.6.3. DC motor (5pcs)
S.6.4. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.6.5. Filter Experimental Module (5pcs)
S.6.6. function generation (5pcs)
S.6.7. lamp (10 pcs)
S.6.8. laser diode (10 pcs)
S.6.9. LED (10 pcs)
S.6.10. multimeter (5pcs)
S.6.11. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.12. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.13. PC Workstation (5 units)
S.6.14. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.15. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.16. PLC Training Module with simulation software for PLC (5pcs)
S.6.17. potentiometers (10pcs)
S.6.19. regulated variable DC power supply (5pcs)
S.6.20. SCRs (10pcs)
S.6.21. signal generator (5pcs)
S.6.22. SPST switches (10pcs)
S.6.23. Transducers and Transmitter Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.6.24. TRIACs (10pcs)
S.6.25. UJTs (10pcs)
S.7. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.1. l/O board (5p[cs)
S.7.2. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.3. stepper motor (5pcs)
S.8. Numerical Methods with Computer Application
S.8.1. PC with software for mathematical computation and programming (5pcs)
S.9. Electric Circuit 1
S.9.1. analog/digital DC ammeter (15pcs)
S.9.2. analog/digital DC mialliammeter (5pcs)
S.9.3. analog/digital DC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.9.4. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.9.5. analog/digital wattmeter (5pcs)
S.9.6. calibrated potentiometer (5pcs)
S.9.7. Circuit Training Kit/Module (5pcs)
S.9.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.9.9. rheostat(variable resistor) (15pcs)
S.9.10. square wave generator (5pcs)
S.9.11. strain gauge (95pcs)
S.9.12. variable capacitive load (5pcs)
S.9.13. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.9.14. variable resisteve load (5pcs)
S.9.15. variable/fixed DC regulated power supply(5pcs)
S.10. Electric Circuits 2
S.10.1. AC ammeter (20pcs)
S.10.2. AC milliameter (10 pcs)
S.10.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.4. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.5. calibrated potentiometer (10pcs)
S.10.6. capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.7. circuit training kit/module (5pcs)
S.10.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.10.9. dual trace oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.10.10. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.10.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.10.12. lnductive load (5pcs)
S.10.13. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.14. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.10.15. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.10.16. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.11.3. Electric Circuits3
S.11.1. 3-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.2. AC voltmeter (30 pcs)
S.11.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.11.4. Analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.11.5. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.11.6. fixed capacitors ( 15 pcs)
S.11.7. fixed inductor ( 15 pcs)
S.11.8. fixed resistor (15 pcs)
S.11.9. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.11.10. lamp load (15 pcs)
S.11.11. rheostat ( 10 pcs)
S.11.12. single-phase capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.11.13. single-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.14. single-phase wattmeter (15 pcs)
S.11.15. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.11.16. two winding transformer (5 units)
S.11.17. variable capacitor ( 15 pcs)
S.12. Electrical Equipment of Operation and Maintanance
S.12.1. 3- phase SCIM
S.12.2. 3-phase or 1-phase DC servo motor(5 pcs)
S.12.3. 3-phase or 1-phase SCR motor drive(5 units)
S.12.4. 3-phase transformer ( 10 units)
S.12.5. 3-pole,6A TOR(5 pcs)
S.12.6. 3-pole,9A contactor (5 pcs)
S.12.7. 3-pole,9A MCCB (5 pcs)
S.12.8. 4PDT control relay ( 5 pcs)
S.12.9. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.12.10. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.12.11. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.12.12. Auto-transformer with available secondary taps (60%,70% & 85 %) (10 units)
S.12.13. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.12.14. DC ammeter ( 5 units)
S.12.15. DC shunt motor ( 5 units)
S.12.16. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.12.17. disconnect switch, 3-pole,32A(5 pcs)
S.12.18. DMM ( 5 pcs)
S.12.19. electronic control ATS( 5 pcs)
S.12.20. electronic timer ( 5 pcs)
S.12.21. external power resistors (R=25%Ra, 50%Ra, 100Ra%) power rating of motor (10 pcs)
S.12.22. inventer motor drive ( variable frequency) ( 5 units)
S.12.23. momentary switch ( 5 pcs)
S.12.24. power factor meter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.25. RMS AC ammeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.26. RMS AC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.27. single phasae AC power supply (5 units )
S.12.28. single-phase two-winding transformer (30 units)
S.12.29. tachmoter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.30. three-phase inductive load(1 pc)
S.12.31. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.32. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.33. two-winding transformer ( 5 units)
S.12.34. universal motor controller (UMC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.35. variable autotransform (VARIAC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.36. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.12.37. variable inductive load (15 pcs)
S.12.38. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.12.39. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.13. AC and DC Machinery
S.13.1. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.13.2. AC series motor and white torque dics ( 5 units )
S.13.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.13.4. AC wattmeter (10 pcs)
S.13.5. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.13.6. cage-rotor induction machine ( 5 units)
S.13.7. connecting wires (10 sets)
S.13.8. DC ammeter (10 pcs)
S.13.9. DC compound machine ( 20 units )
S.13.10. DC power supply (10 pcs)
S.13.11. DC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.12. direct-on-line starter ( 5 units)
S.13.13. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.14. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.15. geenral purpose rheostat (10 pcs)
S.13.16. phase sequence indicator ( 5 units)
S.13.17. rheostat (20 pcs)
S.13.18. single-phase AC power supply ( 5 units)
S.13.19. slip ring machine ( 5 units)
S.13.20. synchroscope ( 5 units)
S.13.21. three-phase capacitive load( 5 units)
S.13.22. three-phase inductive load( 5 units)
S.13.23. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.13.24. three-phase resistive load ( 5 units)
S.13.25. torque meter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.26. variable resistive load (20 pcs)
S.14. Instrumentation and Control
S.14.1. adjustable DC power supply ( 5 pcs)
S.14.2. digital multi-meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.3. Experimental Module for sensors, transducers, transmitters and actuators ( 5 pcs)
S.14.4. Flow rate and level Measurement Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.5. On-off control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.6. oscilloscope with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.7. PID Comtroller with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.8. power meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.9. Pressure Control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.10. RLC meter ( 1 pc)
S.14.11. Training Module for analog data acquisiton, conversion, and digital data recording and retrieveal ( 5 sets)
S.14.12. VOM (5 pcs)
S.15. There is an approval project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP).
S.16. There is an approval Annual Procurement Plan (APP) for laboratory equipment, supplies and matrials.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the special provisions as listed in the CMO 34 s 2008.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. special provision in the CMO 34 s 2008 of the program are complied with.
ADMINISTRATION
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: ORGANIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution has an organizational structure approved by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
S.2. Every office/unit in the organizational structure has functions approved by the BOR/BOT.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution is subdivided into administrative units in accordance with the organizational structure.
I.2. The functions, duties and responsibilities of administrative personnel/staff in each unit/office are identified and carried out.
I.3. The BOR/BOT is supportive with the growth and development of the institution.
I.4. The Academic and Administrative Councils exercise their powers and perform their functions.
I.5. The flow of communication among and within units/departments is observed.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a well-designed and functional organizational structure.
PARAMETER B: ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Dean/Academic Unit Head processes the required educational qualification, experience and other prescribed requirements to administer the college/Academic Unit namely:
S.1.1. holder of baccalaureate and master’s degree in engineering, preferably in the Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering;
S.1.2. preferably holder of doctorate degree in engineering or related fields;
S.1.3. minimum teaching experience of not less than five (5) years;
S.1.4. at least five (5) years administrative experience and at least five (5) field experience; and
S.1.5. registered engineer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Dean is assisted by Department Chair/s or their equivalent with appropriate/relevant educational qualification and experience.
I.2. The Dean implements a supervisory program.
I.3. The Dean participates in the recruitment and promotion of faculty and support staff.
I.4.1. setting standards and targets;
I.4.2. planning of programs and other related activities;
I.4.3. implementing, monitoring and evaluation of plans, programs and other related activities;
I.4.4. establishing linkages, partnership and networking activities;
I.4.5. providing opportunities professional growth and development of the faculty and staff;
I.4.6. preparing guidelines on the internal administration and operation of the Academic Unit/College; and
I.4.7. preparing guidelines for the proper use and maintenance of facilities, equipment, supplies and materials.
I.5. Definite criteria and procedures in the selection and promotion of the most qualified faculty and staff are observed.
I.6. The Dean, faculty, staff, and students pursue collaborative activities in generating resources and income, and in implementing cost-effective measures.
I.7. The Dean implements policies and procedures on internal administration and operations of the College/Academic Unit.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The College/Academic unit/college is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and printed Student Handbook/Manual containing policies and guidelines on the following aspects of student life:
S.1.1. admission and retention policies;
S.1.2. registration requirements;
S.1.3. school fees;
S.1.4. academic load;
S.1.5. transfers;
S.1.6. residence, course work, scholastic and graduation requirements;
S.1.7. examination and grading system;
S.1.8. scholarship/grants/assistantships;
S.1.9. shifting and adding/dropping of course;
S.1.10. Code of Conduct and Discipline;
S.1.11. attendance; and
S.1.12. others (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Students are provided opportunities to participate in the planning and implementation of activities concerning their welfare.
I.2. Concerned officials, faculty and staff act promptly on requests, needs, and problems of the students.
I.3. The administration, faculty, staff and students work harmoniously and maintain good relationship.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an effective and functional Student Administration.
O.2. Policy implementation is efficient.
PARAMETER D: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Financial Development Plan (FDP).
S.2. The approved budget is in consonance with the FDP.
S.3. The institution has budgetary allotment for following:
S.3.1. personal services;
S.3.2. Maintenance and Other Operating Expenses (MOOE);
S.3.3. capital outlay; and
S.3.4. special projects.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Financial Management Office managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.2. The financial management personnel are responsible for the efficient management of financial resources/funds of the Institution.
I.3. The administrative officials, faculty and student representatives participate in the budget preparation and in the procurement program of the institution.
I.4. The budget of the institution is fairly and objectively allocated.
I.5. The Institution allocates funds for the following student services and activities:
I.5.1. cultural development;
I.5.2. athletic and sports development;
I.5.3. medical/dental services;
I.5.4. library;
I.5.5. student body organization;
I.5.6. guidance and counseling;
I.5.7. improvement of laboratories/shops;
I.5.8. repair and maintenance of facilities equipment;
I.5.9. purchase of new equipment, supplies and materials;
I.5.10. replacement of old unserviceable equipment;
I.5.11. construction of new facilities, as needed;
I.5.12. improvement/expansion of physical plant;
I.5.13. extension/community service; and
I.5.14. disaster and risk reduction;
I.5.15. auxiliary service, etc.
I.6. The budget allotted for specific expenditures indicated in item 1.5 is in consonance with existing policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a sound and effective financial management system.
PARAMETER E: SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has an approved procurement management system in consonance with the Revised IRR of RA 9184 (Goverment Procurement Reform Act).
S.2. The institution has a system for the proper disposal of non-serviceable and condemned equipment, supplies and materials.
S.3. The office has a storeroom for keeping and securing all equipment, supplies and materials purchased.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Supply Management Office (SMO) managed by qualified staff with specific functions and responsibilities.
I.2. The Bids and Awards Commitee(BAC) is responsible for the procurement and deliveries of needed equipment, supplies and materials in accordance with the approved Annual Procurement Plan (APP) and Project Procerement Management Plan (PPMP).
I.3. The BAC performs its tasks and responsibilities in accordance with recent procurement policies and official issuances.
I.4. The SMO office prepares, submits and evaluates the annual inventory of serviceable and non-serviceable facilities and equipment.
I.5. All approved requests for procurement are published in the Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an efficient and effective Supply Management and System.
O.2. All procurement transactions are transparent.
PARAMETER F: RECORDS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has a system of records keeping.
S.2. The institution has policies and procedures to ensure the security and confidentiality of records.
S.3. Policies and procedures on prompt release of records are in place.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Records Management Office (RMO) managed by a qualified Records Officer.
I.2. A records system is installed in offices where it allows access to information needed by concerned parties.
I.3. The Human Resource Management Office(HRMO) maintains accurate, up-to-date and systematic records of faculty and staff.
I.4. The following updated record compilations are made available to concerned parties:
I.4.1. minutes of the Board of Regents/Trustees meetings;
I.4.2. minutes of the faculty meetings, e.g. Minutes of the Academic Council meetings;
I.4.3. faculty/non-teaching personnel individual files;
I.4.4. faculty/non-teaching personnel performance evaluation; and
I.4.5. other records such as:
I.4.5.1. student directory;
I.4.5.2. alumni directory;
I.4.5.3. permanent records of students;
I.4.5.4. reports of Director/Dean;
I.4.5.5. annual reports;
I.4.5.6. accomplishment/progress reports;
I.4.5.7. scholarship records;
I.4.5.8. other statistical data;
I.4.5.9. financial records of students;
I.4.5.10. inventory of property;
I.4.5.11. proceedings of administrative investigation (if any); and
I.4.5.12. other (please specify)____________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a commendable Records Management System.
PARAMETER G: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Strategic Development Plan(SDP) available in printed and/or electronic forms.
S.2. There is a system to monitor the implementation of the SDP.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution’s Planning and Development Unit plans, monitors and evaluates planned activities/targets.
I.2. The planning process is a cooperative and participative endeavor of administration, the faculty and the students.
I.3. The SDP is implemented, monitored, evaluated, reviewed and updated regularly.
PARAMETER H: PERFORMANCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.1. competence;
S.1.2. quality of work;
S.1.3. work ethic(punctuality, wise use of time, etc);
S.1.4. creative/innovative ability;
S.1.5. ability to handle internal and external pressures; and
S.1.6. interpersonal relations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution regularly monitors and evaluates the performance of the administrative personnel.
I.2. The results of performance evaluation of the administrative personnel are utilized:
I.2.1. to improve performance and delivery of eservices; and
I.2.2. for promotion.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The administrative personnel/ staff have commendable performance.
AB English
VISION, MISSION, GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
Parameter A: Statement of Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives
System – Inputs and Process
S.1 The institution has a system of determining the Vision and Mission.
S.2 The Vision clearly reflects what the institution hopes to become in the future.
S.3 The Mission clearly reflects the institution’s legal and other statutory mandate.
S.4 The Goals of the College/Academic Unit are consistent with the Mission of the institution.
S.5 The Objectives of the program have the expected outcomes in terms of competencies (skills and knowledge), values and other attributes of the graduates which include the development of:
S.5.1. technical skills in Arts.
S.5.2. research and extension capabilities.
S.5.3. students’ own ideas, desirable attitudes and personal discipline;
S.5.4. moral character.
S.5.5. critical, analytical, problem solving and other higher order thinking skills; and
S.5.6. aesthetic and cultural values.
Implementation
I.1 The Institution/College conducts a review on the statement of the Vision and Mission as well as its goals and program objectives for the approval of authorities concerned.
I.2 The College/Academic Unit follows a system of formulating its goals and the objectives of the program.
I.3 The College/Academic Unit’s faculty, personnel, students and other stakeholders (cooperating agencies, linkages, alumni, industry sector and other concerned groups) participate in the formulation, review and/or revision of the VMGO.
Output
O.1 The VMGO are crafted and duly approved by the BOR/BOT.
PARAMETER B: DISSEMINATION AND ACCEPTABILITY
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The VMGO are available on bulletin boards in catalogs/manuals and in other forms of communication media.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. A system of dissemination and acceptability of the VMGO is enforced.
I.2. The administrators/faculty attend in-service seminars and training on awareness and acceptability of the:
I.2.1. Vision and Mission of the Institution.
I.2.2. Goals of the College/ Academic Unit; and
I.2.3. Objectives of the Program.
I.3. The formulation/review/revision of the VMGO is participated in by the following:
I.3.1. administrators;
I.3.2. faculty
I.3.3. staff;
I.3.4. students; and
I.3.5. other stakeholders
I.4. The faculty and staff perform their jobs/functions in consonance with the VMGO.
I.5. The VMGO are widely disseminated to the different agencies, institutions industry sector and the community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is full awareness and acceptance of the VMGO by the administrators, faculty, staff, students and other stakeholders.
O.2. There is congruency between actual educational practices and activities with the following:
O.2.1. Vision and Mission of the SUC;
O.2.2. Goals of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering; and
O.2.3. Objectives of the Electrical Engineering program.
FACULTY
PARAMETER A: ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The required number of faculty possesses graduate degrees appropriate and relevant to the Electrical Engineering program or any of the allied fields.
S.1.1. Registered Electrical Engineers (REE) pr Professional Electrical Engineers(PEE) with current PRC identification card; and
S.1.2. duly licensed.
S.2. Other qualifications such as the following are considered:
S.2.1. related professional experience;
S.2.2. licensure;
S.2.3. technical skills and competence, and
S.2.4. special abilities, computer literacy, reseach productivity.
S.3. Faculty handling OJT/practicum courses have had at least three(3) years of teaching and industry-based experience in the field.
S.4. At least 50% of the faculty are Graduate degrees holders.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The fauclty demonstrate professional competence and are engaged in any or a combination of the following:
I.1.1. instruction;
I.1.2. research;
I.1.3 extension
I.1.4. production;
I.1.5. consultancy and expert service; and
I.1.6. publication, creative and scholarly works.
I.2. The faculty pursue graduate degrees in Electrical Engineering and/or allied fields from reputable institutions(with at least Level II accreditation status or World/Asian rank).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has qualified and competent faculty.
PARAMETER B: RECRUITMENT, SELECTION AND ORIENTATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an institutional Human Resources Development Plan/Program designed for the faculty recruitment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Recruitment and selection of the faculty is processed by the Faculty Selection Board using the following criteria:
Mandatory
I.1.1. academic qualifications;
I.1.2. personal qualities;
I.1.3. communication skills;
I.1.4. teaching ability;
I.1.5. medical examination results;
I.1.6. psychological examination results;
Optional
I.1.7. relevant professional experience; (if any);
I.1.8. previous record of employment; (if any);
I.1.9. technical/special skills & abilities; and
I.1.10. previous performance rating. (if any)
I.2. The hiring system adopts an open competitive selection, based on the CSC-approved Merit System and Promotion Plan of the institution published and well-disseminated through various means of communication:
I.2.1. print media (newspaper, flyers, CSC Bulletin of vacant positions);
I.2.2. broadcast media (TV, radio);
I.2.3. website;
I.2.4. bulletin boards; and
I.2.5. others (please specify) ____________
I.3. A Screening Committee selects and recommends the best and most qualified applicant.
I.4. Measures to avoid professional in-breeding are observed.
I.5. The institution conducts orientation for newly-hired faculty on its vision and mission ,CSC, PRC, DBM, and administration policies on their duties and responsibilities, benefits and other academic concerns.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The most qualified faculty are selected.
PARAMETER C: FACULTY ADEQUACY AND LOADING
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Faculty-student ratio is in accordance with the program requirements and standards as follows:
S.1.1. lecture (1:40), maximum of 1:50; and
S.1.2. laboratory (1:25), maximum of 1:30.
S.2. There is a provision for incentives for overload teaching in accordance with the CMO of the program and/or institutional guidelines.
S.3. There are full-time faculty classified by rank, subject/specialization.
S.4. Faculty schedule has time for preparation of lessons, scoring of test papers, record-keeping, class evaluation and other instruction-related activities.
S.5. Workload Guidelines contain sufficient time for teaching and/or research, extension, production and other assigned tasks..
S.6. There is equitable, measurable and fair distribution of teaching load and other assignments.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The maximum total load is assigned to a regular full-time faculty in accordance to the CMO of the program and institutional guidelines.
I.2. A Faculty Manual is published formalizing faculty policies, standards and guidelines.
I.3. Professional subjects are handled by specialists in the discipline/program.
I.4. The faculty are assigned to teach their major/minor fields of specialization for a maximum of four (4) different subject preparations with a semester.
I.5. Administrative arrangements are adopted whenever vacancies/leaves of fabsence occur during the term.
I.6. No less than 60% of the professional subjects in the Electrical Engineering program are handled by full-time faculty.
I.7. Teaching schedule does not allow more than six (6)- hours of continuous teaching
I.8. Administrative, research and/or professional assignment outside of regular teaching are given credits.
I.9. Consultation, tutorial, remedial classes, expert services, and other instruction-related activities are given credits in consonance with faculty workload guidelines.
I.10. Workload assignments and number of preparations follow existing workload guidelines.
I.11. A part-time engineering faculty has a maximum teaching load of 12 units.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are efficient and effective, with sufficient time for instruction, research, extension, production and other assigned tasks.
PARAMETER D: RANK AND TENURE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of promotion in rank and tenure based on official issuances.
S.2. The institution has a policy on probationary status of employment.
S.3. At least 50% of the full-time faculty teaching the professional courses are under permanent/regular status.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the system of promotion in rank and salary based on existing policies and issuances (e.g. NBC 416).
I.2. Retirement, separation or termination benefits are implemented in accordance with institutional and government (CSC, GSIS/DBM) policies and guidelines.
I.3. The faculty are officially informed of their rank and tenure after evaluation of credentials and performance.
I.4. The faculty concerned is officially informed of the extension, renewal, or termination of their appointments.
I.5. The institution implements a CSC-approved Strategic Performance Management Plan (SPMS) which emphasizes quality teaching performance, research, creative work, extension and production services.
I.6 The probationary period or temporary status required before the grant of permanent status to the faculty is in accordance with civil Service and institutional policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their rank and employment status.
PARAMETER E: FACULTY DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institutions have an approved and sustainable Faculty Development Program (FDP).
S.2. There are policies on faculty academic recognition and grant of scholarships/fellowships and awards.
S.3. Every faculty member has at least one active membership in professional/scientific organization or honor society relevant to his/her assignment and field of specialization.
S.4. The budget allocation for faculty development is adequate.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements a sustainable Faculty Development Program based on identified priorities/needs and in accordance with the CMO of the program such as:
I.1.1. upgraded educational qualifications (graduate studies);
I.1.2. attendance to seminars, symposia and conferences for continuing education;
I.1.3. conduct of research activities and publication of research output; and
I.1.4. giving lectures and presentation of papers in national/international conferences, symposia and seminars.
I.2. The institution supports the professional growth of the faculty through attendance in educational lectures, symposia, seminars, workshops, conferences and other forms of training.
I.3. The institution conducts in-service training activities regularly at least once per term.
I.4. Selection of deserving faculty to be granted scholarships, fellowships, seminars, conferences and/or training grants is done objectively.
I.5. The budget for the faculty development is adequately allocated.
I.6. The budget for faculty development is wisely utilized.
I.7. The Faculty Development Program is implemented with the following provisions;
I.7.1. adequate and qualified supervision of faculty;
I.7.2. scholarship, fellowships, sabbatical leaves, and research grants;
I.7.3. financial support for active membership in professional organizations;
I.7.4. deloading to finish the faculty’s thesis/dissertation;
I.7.5. attendance in continuing professional education (CPE) programs such as seminars, workshops and conferences or some in-service training courses;
I.7.6. conducting research related activities related to the program;
I.7.7. publishing scholarly articles and research outputs; and
I.7.8. production of instructional materials (IMs).
I.8. Opportunities for the faculty to attend/participate in capability building and enhancing activities are fairly distributed.
I.9. Tuition fee privilege and other forms of assistance are utilized by faculty pursuing advanced (master’s and/or doctoral) degrees.
I.10. Faculty are given incentives for book writing, manuals, handbooks, compilations and instructional materials to keep up with new knowledge and techniques in the field of specializaton.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are well-trained and competent to serve the institution.
O.2. The faculty are committed to serve and support the programs and projects of the institution.
PARAMETER F: PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE AND SCHOLARLY WORKS
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of evaluating the faculty on the following:
S.1.1. professional performance; and
S.1.2. scholarly works.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. demonstrate skills and competencies in all of the following:
I.1.1. knowledge of the program objectives/outcome(s);
I.1.2. reflecting the program outcomes clearly in the course objectives;
I.1.3. knowledge/mastery of the content, issues and methodologies in the discipline;
I.1.4. proficiency in the use of the language of instruction;
I.1.5. the use of higher order thinking skills such as analytical, critical, creative, innovative and problem-solving;
I.1.6. innovativeness and resourcefulness in the different instructional processes; and
I.1.7. integration of values and work ethic in the teaching-learning process.
I.1.8. integration of Gender and Development (GAD) activities.
1.2. promptly submit required reports and other academic outputs.
1.3. update lecture notes though an interface of relevant research findings and new knowledge.
I.4. serve as resource person/lecturer/consultant in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.5. present papers in local/regional/national and/or international fora.
I.6. publish papers in regional, national and international magazines and journals.
I.7. conduct research and publish outputs in referred journals of national and international circulation.
I.8. conduct extension and outreach activities.
I.9. regularly update respective course syllabi.
I.10. utilized ICT and other resources in the enhancement of the teaching learning process.
I.11. produce instructional materials, e.g., workbooks, manuals, modules, audio-visual aids, etc. to facilitate teaching and learning.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty performance is gnerally satisfactory.
O.2. The scholarly works of the faculty are commendable.
PARAMETER G: SALARIES, FRINGE BENEFITS, AND INCENTIVES
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of compensation and rewards to its faculty and staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The following fringe benefits are granted:
I.1.1. maternity leave/paternity leave with pay;
I.1.2. sick leave;
I.1.3. study leave (with or without pay);
I.1.4. vacation leave;
I.1.5. tuition fee discount for faculty and their dependents;
I.1.6. clothing/uniform allowance;
I.1.7. performance base bonus (PBB);
I.1.8. anniversary bonus;
I.1.9. honoraria/incentive for conducting research or for the production of scholarly works;
I.1.10. housing privilege (optional);
I.1.11. sabbatical leave;
I.1.12. compensatory leave credits;
I.1.13. deloading to finish thesis/ dissertation;
I.1.14. thesis/dissertation aid;and
I.1.15. others, (please identify) .
I.2. Policies on salaries/benefits and other privileges are disseminated to the faculty.
I.3. Salaries are paid regularly and promptly.
I.4. Teaching assignments beyond the regular load are compensated (e.g., overload pay, services credits, etc.)
I.5. Faculty who are actually involved in the production of scholarly materials are given credits for their work.
I.6. Faculty with outstanding performance are given recognition/awards and incentives.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their compensation and rewards.
PARAMETER H: PROFESSIONALISM
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are approved SUC Code and SUC Faculty Manual that defines the policies, guidelines, rules and regulations affecting the faculty.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. responsibility observe the following:
I.1.1. regular and prompt attendance to classes;
I.1.2. participation in faculty meetings and university/college activities;
I.1.3. completion of assigned task on time;
I.1.4. submission of all required reports promptly; and
I.1.5. decorum at all times.
I.2. follow the Code of Ethics of the Profession and the Code of Ethical Standards for the Government Official and Employees (RA 6713).
I.3. exercise academic freedom judiciously.
I.4. show commitment and loyalty to the institution as evidenced by:
I.4.1. observance of official time;
I.4.2. productive use of official time;
I.4.3. performance of the task and assignments, with or without compensation; and
I.4.4. compliance with terms of agreement/contracts (e.g., scholarship and training).
I.5. maintain harmonious interpersonal relations with superiors, peers, students, parents and the community.
I.6. demonstrate knowledge of recent educational trends/issues/resources in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.7. show evidence of professional growth through further and continuing studies.
I.8. engage in practices which enable the faculty the demonstrate harmonious interpersonal relations with the students, parents and community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The corps of faculty manifest a commendable level of professionalism.
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
PARAMETER A: CURRICULUM AND PROGRAM OF STUDIES
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The curriculum provides for the development of the following professional competencies:
S.1.1. acquisition of knowledge and theories based on the field of specialization/discipline.
S.1.2. application of the theories to real problems in the field; and
S.1.3. demonstration of skills in applying different strategies in the actual work setting.
S.2. There is a system of validation of subjects taken from other schools.
S.3. The curriculum reflects local, regional and national development goals as well as the institution’s vision and mission.
Implementation
I.1. The curriculum/program of study meets the requirements and standards of CHED (143-149 units) Professional Regulations Commission, Technical Panel, Professional Organizations or Societies and other related agencies.
I.1.1. General Education – 63 units
I.1.2. Core Courses – 33 units
I.1.3. Major Tracks/Courses – 15-21 units
I.1.4. Electives – 94 units
I.1.5. PE/NSTP – 14 units
I.2. The subjects are logically sequenced and prerequisite courses are identified.
I.3. The curricular content is responsive to the needs of the country and recent developments in the profession.
I.4. The curricular content covers the extent of the professional and technical preparation required of its graduates.
I.5. The curriculum integrates values, reflective of national customs, culture and traditions in cases where applicable.
I.6. Opportunities for participation in hands-on activities such as immersion/practical training and field study are maintained in the curriculum.
I.7. The following activities are undertaken to ensure quality in the process of curriculum development:
I. 7.1. Participative planning and designing of the curriculum by the following stakeholders.
I.7.2. periodic review, assessment, updating and approval of the curriculum by the Academic Council; and
I.7.3. confirmation of the curriculum by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
1.7.4. others (please specify)
I.8. The program of study allows the accommodation of students with special needs and assists them to finish the degree.
Outcomes
O.1. The curriculum is responsive and relevant to the demands of the times.
PARAMETER B: INSTRUCTIONAL PROCESS, METHODOLOGIES AND LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
System – Inputs and Process
Syllabus and Instructional Materials
S.1. There is an institutional outcomes-based standard format in the preparation of the course syllabi.
S.2. The syllabus includes a list of suggested readings and references of print and electronic resources within the last 10 years.
S.3. Copies of all course syllabi during the term are available at the Dean’s office or in any other appropriate repository.
S.4. Copies of all course syllabi in previous semesters are filed for reference purposes.
S.5. There is a provision for remedial measures to strengthen the basic skills in Mathematics and English and other “tool” subjects.
S.6. There is a mechanism to facilitate the teaching-learning process.
Implementation
I.1. The Dean or official concerned approves the updated syllabus for each subject.
I.2. The faculty prepare syllabi with comprehensive contents.
1.3. The faculty revise and enhances their syllabi preferably every two years, as needed.
I.4. The faculty distributes a copy of the syllabus to each student.
I.5. Teaching strategies stimulate the development of the students’ higher-order thinking skills (HOTS) such as critical thinking, analytical thinking, creative thinking and problem solving
Teaching Method and Techniques
I.6. Classroom instruction is enriched through the use of the following strategies:
I.6.1 symposia seminars. workshops. professional lectures.
I.6.2. educational tours/learning visits/other co-curricular activities.
I.6.3. peer teaching/cooperative learning; and
I.6.4. computer-assisted instruction (CAI) and computer- assisted learning (CAL).
I.7. At least three (3) of the following course requirements are used:
I.7.1. group/individual projects.
I.7.2. group/individual reports.
I.7.3. group/individual term papers.
I.7.4. performance activities.
I.7.5. learning contract.
I. 7.6. portfolio.
I.7.7. learning modules.
I.7.8. research study; and
I.7.9. others (please specify)
I.8. Instruction is enriched through the use of at least ten (10) of the following techniques/strategies:
I.8.1. film showing.
I.8.2. projects.
I.8.3. group dynamics.
I.8.4. case study.
I.8.5. workshops.
I.8.6. simulations.
I.8.7. dimensional question approach.
I.8.8. brainstorming.
I.8.9. buzz sessions.
I.8.10 informal creative groups.
I.8.11 interactive learning.
I.8.12 team teaching;
I.8.13 micro teaching;
I.8.14 macro teaching;
I.8.15 tandem teaching;
I.8.16 peer teaching;
I.8.17 multi-media/courseware/ teachware;
I.8.18 experiments;
I.8.19 problem-solving;
I.8.20 type study methods;
I.8.21 reporting;
I.8.22 panel discussion; and
I.8.23 others (please specify) ___________
1.9. Instructional strategies provide for student’s individual needs and multiple intelligences.
1.10. Instruction is enhanced through the following:
1.10.1 submission of approved and updated syllabus for every course.
1.10.2 regular classroom observation/supervision.
1.10.3 regular faculty meetings with the College/Academic Dean/Department Chair.
1.10.4 regular faculty performance evaluation.
1.10.5 attendance/participation of faculty in in-service training;
1.10.6 conduct of experimental classes;
1.10.7 adoption of alternative instructional delivery modes, such as modular instruction, e-learning and on-line
1.10.8 use of current/updated instructional methodologies.
1.11. Instructional Materials (IMs) are reviewed and recommended by an Instructional Materials Committee (IMC).
1.12. Varied, multi-sensory materials and computer programs are utilized.
1.13. The College/Academic Unit maintains consortia and linkages with other learning institutions for academic exchange of instructional materials.
1.14. The faculty are encouraged to produce their own instructional materials such as modules, software, visual aids, manuals and textbooks.
Outcomes
0.1. Course syllabi are updated and approved by concerned authorities.
0.2. Varied teaching strategies are efficiently and effectively used.
0.3. Instructional materials produced by the faculty are copyrighted/ patented.
PARAMETER C: ASSESSMENT OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The program of studies has a system of evaluating student performance through a combination of the following:
S.1.1. formative tests such as quizzes, units tests;
S.1.2. summative · tests such as mid-term and final examination
S.1.3. project and term papers;
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.2. The summative tests have the following descriptions:
S.2.1. comprehensive enough to test the different levels of cognitive skills and knowledge of content; and
S.2.2. based on a well-designed Table of Specifications (TOS).
Implementation
I.1. Varied evaluation measures are used, such as:
I.1.1. portfolio;
I.1.2. rubric assessment;
I.1.3. skills demonstration;
I.1.4. paper and pencil tests;
I.1.5. oral examinations;
I.1.6. group/individual reports;
I.1.7. group/individual study; and
I.1.8. others (please specify) __
I.2. Evaluation tools/instruments are reviewed and revised periodically.
I.3. The faculty are trained how to assess student performance properly.
I.4. The College/ Academic Unit encourages and supports assessment for multiple intelligences.
I.5. Course and test requirements are returned to the students after results are checked, recorded and analyzed.
I.6. The system of student evaluation and grading is defined, understood, and disseminated to:
I.6.1. students;
I.6.2. faculty;
I.6.3. academic administrators; and
I.6.4. parents/guardians.
Outcomes
O.1. The students’ academic performance is commendable.
O.2. Retention rate of students is on the average.
PARAMETER D: CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There are policies on management of learning which includes the following:
S.1.1. students’ attendance in class and other academic activities;
S.1.2. schedule of classes ;
S.1.3. students’ discipline; and
S.1.4. maintenance of cleanliness and orderliness.
Implementation
I.1. The policies on management of learning are enforced.
I.2. Student activities are well-planned and implemented.
I.3. Assignments are designed to reinforce teaching which results to student’s maximum learning.
I.4. The maximum class size of 50 for undergraduate courses is enforced.
I.5. Classroom discipline is maintained in accordance with democratic practices.
I.6. The class officers and assigned students assist in maintaining the cleanliness of classrooms, laboratories, corridors and the school campus.
I.7. Independent work and performance are encouraged and monitored in the following activities;
I.7.1. case studies/reports;
I.7.2. thesis; and
I.7.3. others (specify)
I.8. In practicum courses, (field study, OJT, practice teaching) the number of trainees supervised by each coordinator does not exceed 50.
Outcomes
O.1. Learning is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER E: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There is a policy on graduation requirements.
Implementation
I.1. The students are regularly informed of the academic requirements of their respective courses.
I.2. The College/Academic Unit implements the system for student returnees and transferees to meet the residence and other graduation requirements.
I.3 graduation students conduct research and/or undergo practicum/OT or other activities prescribed in their respective curricula.
I.4. The College/Academic Unit assists the graduating students with which hinder issuance of their clearances.
I.5. A Clearance from academic and financial accountabilities and responsibilities is required before graduation.
Outcomes
O.1. At least 60% of the students enrolled in the program are able to graduate within the regular time frame.
PARAMETER F: ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT FOR EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTION
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The institution has a policies on:
S.1.1. substitution or special arrangements whenever a faculty is on leave or absent;
S.1.2. giving awards and/or recognition for faculty and students with outstanding achievements; and I
S.1.3. supervision, monitoring and evaluation of faculty performance.
Implementation
I.1. The institution implements rules on the attendance of the faculty in their respective classes and other academic related activities.
I.2. Dialogues are regularly conducted between the administration and the;
I.2.1 Faculty and;
I.2.2. students
I.3. Quality instruction is assured through the following strategies:
I.3.1. conducting seminars/workshops on syllabi making;
I.3.2. holding workshops on test construction and the corresponding table of specifications.
I.3.3. conducting competency assessment;
I.3.4. conducting supervisory visit of classes and providing assistance, if necessary
I.3.5. holding of regular faculty meetings;
I.3.6. requiring consultations between students and faculty; I
I.3.7. conducting studies on academic performance of students; and I
I.3.8. providing opportunities for the participation of the faculty in in-service training activities.
I.4. Periodic faculty performance evaluation on teaching and in other functions is done by at least three of the following:
I.4.1. the Dean/Department Chairperson;
I.4.2. the students;
I.4.3. the faculty member himself/herself
I.4.4. peers; and
I.4.5. others (please specify)
I.5 The result of the performance evaluation are used to improve the performance/competencies of the faculty.
I.6. Students are given recognition for exemplary academic and non- academic performances.
I.7. Outstanding achievement of students is recognized and encouraged through the following:
I.7.1. inclusion in the honor roll, Dean’s list, etc.;
I.7.2. grant of tuition scholarships;
I.7.3. award of honor medals and merit certificates;
I.7.4. membership in honor societies/honor class/sections, etc;
I.7.5. grant of special privileges such as opportunities in leadership and others (excluding exemption from major exams on all professional business subjects); and
I.7.6. grant of awards and recognition for outstanding academic accomplishments e.g., Best Thesis, Student Researcher of the Year, etc.
I.8. Indicators on performance of graduates are studied such as:
I.8.1. analysis of performance of graduates in the Licensure Examination, where applicable;
I.8.2. employability of graduates; and
I.8.3. feedback from employers regarding performance of graduates.
Outcomes
O.1. The faculty and students have commendable performances as a result of administrative support.
O.2. The graduates of the program are employable.
SUPPORT TO STUDENTS
PPP
PARAMETER A: STUDENTS SERVICES PROGRAM (SSP)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The institution has Student Services Program (SSP).
S.2. The Student Affairs Services (SAS) program is consistent with the vision and mission of the Institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
S.3.The objectives of the SAS are clearly defined.
S.4.The objectives of the SAS are in accordance with CMO No. 9 series of 2013.
S.5.The SAS is composed of:
S.5.1. student welfare programs and services; and
S.5.2. student development programs and services.
S.6.The following basic service are available:
S.6.1. Student Welfare;
S.6.1.1. Information and Orientation Services;
S.6.1.2. Guidance and Counseling Services;
S.6.1.3. Career and Job Placement Services;
S.6.1.4. Economic Enterprise Development; and
S.6.1.5. Student Handbook Development.
S.6.2. Student Development;
S.6.2.1. Student Activities;
S.6.2.2. Student Organizations and Activities;
S.6.2.3. Leadership Training;
S.6.2.4. Student Council/Government;
S.6.2.5. Student Discipline; and
S.6.2.6. Student Publication/Year Book.
S.6.3. Institutional Student Programs and Services;
S.6.3.1. Admission Services;
S.6.3.2. Scholarship and Financial Assistance(SFA);
S.6.3.3. Food Services;
S.6.3.4. Health and Wellness Services;
S.6.3.5. Safety and Security Services;
S.6.3.6. Student Housing and Residential Services;
S.6.3.7. Multi-faith and inter-faith Services;
S.6.3.8. Foreign/ International Students Services (whenever applicable);
S.6.3.9. Services for Students with Special Needs;
S.6.3.10. Culture and Arts Programs;
S.6.3.11. Sports and Development Programs;
S.6.3.12. Social and Community Involvement Programs; and
S.6.3.13. others (please specify)___________________.
Student Affairs and Services Unit
S.7.There is a SAS Unit that manages students’ affairs development and welfare programs.
S.8.The SAS Unit has an organizational structure indicating its relationship with other Units.
S.9.The SAS Unit is headed by a qualified official.
S.10.The SAS Unit is staffed with qualified personnel.
Administrative Support
S.11.The various student services are provided with adequate staff, physical facilities, equipment and materials (e.g. One (1) guidance counselor for every 1,000 students, etc.)
S.12.There is a sufficient budget allocation for the Student Affairs and Services of the institution.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The objectives of the SAS are disseminated to and understood by the students, faculty, staff and administrators.
I.2.The SAS plans, implements, monitors and coordinates programs and services for student welfare and development.
I.3.Prompt, courteous and efficient services in the handling of business transactions with students are evident.
I.4.The SAS staff receive salaries on time.
I.5.The SAS is represented in the policy and decision-making body of the institution.
I.6.The projects and activities of the SAS Unit are recognized and implemented.
I.7.There is a continous and systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the programs and services for student welfare and development.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The students are satisfied with the Student Services Program.
PARAMETER B: STUDENT WELFARE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Handbook containing comprehensive information on programs and services for student welfare and development.
S.2. A regular and comprehensive Orientation Program is held for new, returning and continuing students.
S.3.The information materials on educational, career, personal and social concerns are readily available, such as:
S.3.1. R.A. 9262 or Anti Violence Against Women and Children Act;
S.3.2. Anti-Bullying Act;
S.3.3. Guidelines on drug abuse prevention and control;
S.3.4. R.A. 7877 or the Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995;
S.3.5. HIV AIDS awareness;
S.3.6. Self-care and healthy lifestyles; and
S.3.7. R.A. 9442, particularly on the provision on public ridicule and vilification against persons with disability.
S.4.The Guidance and Counseling Program provides the following services:
S.4.1. information and inventory;
S.4.2. counseling;
S.4.3. appraisal and testing;
S.4.4. placement and follow-up; and
S.4.5. referral.
S.5.Gender-sensitive individual and group counseling is provided.
S.6.Counseling Services consider cultural differences.
S.7.The Guidance Program is headed by a licensed Guidance Counselor with at least a master’s degree in Guidance and Counseling.
S.8.All the Guidance Counselors are licensed.
S.9.The Guidance Program is supported by qualified staff.
S.10.Every student has an updated profile at the guidance office.
S.11.A counseling room is provided for students including those with special needs.
S.12.There is a well-planned assessment program for students with appropriate standardized psychological tests.
S.13.Career seminars and job placement services are available for the students.
S.14.There is a mechanism to establish partnership and collaboration with other institutions, agencies and industry.
S.15.There is mechanism for storing and archiving student records for reference purposes.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The ratio of a Guidance Counselor to student population is 1:1000.
I.2.Counseling and other student records are maintained and kept confidential.
I.3.Appropriate intervention programs and services are adopted to promote and enhance student welfare and development.
I.4.The Guidance Office maintain an updated inventory of student cumulative records.
I.5.The psychological tests are administered, scored and interpreted by qualified staff and the results are kept confidential.
I.6.The test results are disseminated to concerned parties.
I.7.Test results are utilized in designing activities to meet student needs.
I.8.A scheme for appropriate follow-up and referrals is utilized.
I.9.The Guidance Office prepares valid appraisal data of students for career and job placement.
I.10.Student placement is regularly monitored and followed up.
I.11.The institution maintains active networking with the schools, the communities, alumni, and other concerned agencies for career and job placement of students.
I.12.Career counseling is provided to enable students to choose appropriate major/field of specialization.
I.13. Information materials on career and job opportunities are made accessible.
I.14The SAS maintains liaison with its alumni to follow up graduate’s job performance, vis-a-vis:
I.14.1. awards received;
I.14.2. key positions in private and/or government agencies; and
I.14.3. status of the enterprise, if applicable.
I.15.Skills development programs are conducted.
I.16.The students are given assistance in career and job placement.
I.17.The institution encourages student economic ventures such as but not limited to:
I.17.1. student laboratory cooperatives;
I.17.2. entrepreneurial activities/projects;
I.17.3. savings; and
I.17.4. others (please specify)_____________________.
I.18.Updated information on student welfare and development are accessible and disseminated.
I.19.The student body is involved in the development and revision of Student Handbook.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Quality student welfare services are available.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a system of accreditation, monitoring and evaluation of student organizations.
S.2.The institution provides adequate office space and other forms of support to accredited student organizations.
S.3.There is coordination between the school administration and SAS concerning students with drug and other related problems.
S.4.A mechanism to address student grievance is in place.
S.5.Program and opportunities to develop and enhance leadership among students are provided.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Requirements and procedures for recognition/accreditation of student organizations are widely disseminated.
I.2.The Constitution and by-law of student organizations incorporate participation and advocacy in social action activities.
I.3.The institution conducts leadership training.
I.4.The institution recognizes the right of the students to:
I.4.1. govern themselves as a student body;
I.4.2. be transparent and accountable to their constituents; and
I.4.3. be presented in various fora where the students need to be consulted.
I.5. The institution ensures transparency in the development/revision of guidelines and procedures for the student council/government.
I.6.The instruction implements gender and disability sensitive rules and regulations published in a Student Handbook/Manual acceptable to students.
I.7.Sanctions are enforced for misconduct such as but not limited to act of vandalism, hazing, bullying, libelous statements and other negative acts that threaten peace and order inside and outside the school premises
I.8.Grievance Committee is established to ensure due process in dealing with student’s misconduct.
I.9.The institution supports the establishment and implementation of student publication as provided for in R.A. 7079, otherwise known as “Campus Journalism Act of 1991” and other media forms.
I.10.The production /publication of a yearbook is encouraged.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Quality student development services are assured.
PARAMETER D: INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of student, recruitment, selection, admission and retention.
S.2.Admission requirements and procedures of persons with disabilities as stipulated in R.A. 7277 are in place.
S.3.Scholarship and financial assistance in various forms are available to students.
S.4.Policies and guidelines are instutionalized for students from marginalized sector of the country.
S.5.There is a policy on wellness and healthy lifestyle.
S.6.Buildings and facilities which conform with government standards are provided with accessible and safe amenities for persons with disabilities.
S.7.There is a disaster risk reduction and management program in compliance with R.A. 10121, otherwise known as the “Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2020”
S.8.Policies on the use of student facilities are in place.
S.9.An integrated service program that caters to the various needs of foreign students are available, whenever applicable.
S.10.A liaison officer is available to assist foreign students in their transactions with concerned government agencies, whenever applicable.
S.11.There are programs for life skills training (e.g. Conflict and stress management, harassment, etc.) counseling, testing and referrals for students with special needs.
S.12.The institution provides opportunities for promotion and appreciation of culture and arts.
S.13.The institution has well equipped offices for:
S.13.1. Culture and the Arts ;
S.13.2. Sports Development;
S.13.3. Student Publications; and
S.13.4. Medical-Dental Clinic.
S.14.There is a well-furnished medical-dental clinic.
S.15.There is a medical and dental program designed for:
S.15.1. diagnostic purposes;
S.15.2. first aid;
S.15.3. prevention and prophylaxis; and
S.15.4. physical-dental exam.
S.16.An updated information on student health condition is available to parents/guardians.
S.17.There are mechanisms to promote national, sectoral and cultural sports activities and development in coordination with concerned agencies.
S.18.There are financial assistance programs designed for:
S.18.1. educational loans;
S.18.2. student assistantship;
S.18.3. attendance to seminars, training(sports, leadership,etc);
S.18.4. grants-in-aid; and
S.18.5. other (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The faculty and students are properly informed of the admission guidelines and retention policies.
I.2.The policies and procedures on selection, admission and retention of students are implemented.
I.3.The following student admission records are filled and made available to concerned parties:
I.3.1. enrollment trends;
I.3.2. drop-out rate;
I.3.3. licensure examination results and passing percentage;
I.3.4. employability of graduates;
I.3.5. student transferees; and
I.3.6. student classification by specialization.
I.4.Retention policies are approved by the Academic Council and confirmed by the Board of Regents/Trustees.
I.5.The list of tuition and other school fees is posted conspicuously.
I.6The institution provides access to scholarship and financial assistance.
I.7.Guideliness on scholarship and financial assistance are widely and promptly disseminated.
I.8.Criteria for safety, sanitation and food choices in the school canteen/cafeteria are enforced.
I.9.The institution coordinates with the local government for the safety and sanitation of food service outside the school premises.
I.10.The institution periodically inspects food outlets for sanitation and hygiene. The sanitary permit is displayed in a prominent area of the food outlet.
I.11.The primary health care services are administered to all students by licensed medical, dental and allied professionals.
I.12.Facilities for keeping health care and updated health records of students are adequate and well-maintained.
I.13.Policies and procedures in the selection of student athletes, performers, writes, etc. are implemented.
I.14.Health and related laws, rules and regulations are enforced.
I.15.Licensed and competent security personnel ensure the safety and security of students.
I.16.Earthquake and fire drills involving students, faculty and administrative staff are conducted regularly.
I.17.The institution establishers programs for the students to help in crime prevention, cleanliness and orderliness, observance of a clean and green environment, safety and security of the school premises.
I.18.The institution provides assistance to students on accessible, affordable, clean, conducive to learning, dormitories and housing facilities.
I.19.The institution ensures that the students right to practice his/her religion is respected.
I.20.Submission of required reports on foreign students to concerned government agencies is done, whenever applicable.
I.21.The Code of Conduct for foreign students in the country is enforced.
I.22.The institution accommodates students with special needs.
I.23. There is a regular submission of the list of students with special needs to the CHEDRO describing the institutions intervention programs.
I.24.Sports development programs are regularly conducted.
I.25.The institution ensures opportunities for students to participate in socio and civic action activities.
I.26.The students are converted with Life and Accident Insurance.
I.27.The institution rewards SAS staff for exceptional job performance.
I.28.The institution informs the students and other stakeholders on other related programs and services not cited in CMO No. 9 s. 2013.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The institutional programs and services develop student potentials to the fullest.
PARAMETER E: RESEARCH, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a research program on student affairs and services.
S.2.There is mechanism for monitoring and evaluation of SAS programs.
S.3.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are available.
S.4.There is adequate funding for the conduct of SAS researches and monitoring and evaluation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Researches on student affairs and services are conducted.
I.2. Research results and outputs are disseminated and utilized.
I.3. Regular monitoring and evaluation on the implementation of student services are conducted.
I.4. Monitoring and evaluation instruments are developed, reviewed, and continuously improved.
I.5. Reports are filed and submitted regularly to CHEDRO.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Research outputs are presented and published.
RESEARCH
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution’s research agenda is in consonance with institutional, regional and national priorities concerned such as DOST, CHED-National Higher Education Research Agenda, NEDA, etc.
S.2. The institution has an approved Research Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The approved Research Agenda is implemented.
I.2.The following stakeholders participate in the formulation of research agenda as bases for identifying institutional thrusts and priorities:
I.2.1. administration;
I.2.2. faculty;
I.2.3. students;
I.2.4. government agency representatives(DOST, CHED, NEDA, etc.); and
I.2.5. other stakeholders(alumni, parents, etc.).
I.3.Action researches to test theory in practice are conducted by faculty and students.
I.4.Team/collaborative and interdisciplinary research is encouraged.
I.5.Research outputs are published in referred national and/or international journals.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority researches are identified and conducted.
O.2.Research results are published.
PARAMETER B: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and adequate budget for research.
S.2.There are provisions for the following
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet, statistical software, and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. research staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials ; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
The institution:
I.1. allocates adequate funds for the conduct of faculty and student research.
I.2.establishes linkages with the local/national/international agencies for funding support and assistance.
I.3.maintains a functional and long-range program of faculty/staff development to enhance research capability and competence.
I.4.encourages the conduct of externally funded researches.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Research Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER C: IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION AND UTILIZATION OF RESEARCH RESULTS /OUTPUTS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of implementation, monitoring, evaluation and utilization of research outputs.
S.2.The institution has a policy on Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution/College/Academic Unit has a Research Unit managed by competent staff.
I.2.The Research Manual provides guidelines and procedures for the administration and conduct of research.
I.3.The faculty conduct applied and operational researches in their fields of specialization in accordance with the thrusts and priorities of the program/institution.
I.4.The instruction provides incentives to faculty research such as honoraria, service credits, deloading, etc.
I.5. The College /Academic Unit requires its students to conduct research, as a course requirement, (whenever applicable)
I.6.The institution provides opportunities for advanced studies and/or training to enhance faculty/staff research competence.
I.7.Completed and on-going research studies are periodically monitored and evaluated in local and regional in-house reviews.
I.8.Research outputs are utilized as inputs in:
I.8.1. institutional development;
I.8.2. the improvement of instructional processes; and
I.8.3. the transfer of generated technology/knowledge to the community.
I.9.Packaged technologies and new information are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate delivery systems.
I.10.The institution ensures that:
I.10.1. research outputs are protected by IPR laws; and
I.10.2. faculty and students observe research ethics to avoid malpractices like plagiarism, fabrication of data, etc.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.implementation, monitoring, evaluation and research utilization of outputs are effective.
PARAMETER D: PUBLICATION AND DISSEMINATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has an approved and copyrighted Research Journal.
S.2.The institution has incentives for:
S.2.1. paper presentations;
S.2.2. journal publication;
S.2.3. outstanding research related performance; and
S.2.4. patented outputs.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The institution provides opportunities for the dissemination of research results in fora, conferences, seminars, and other related means.
I.2.The institution regularly publishes a research journal.
I.3.Library exchange of research publications with other HEI’s and agencies is maintained.
I.4.Research manuscripts/technical reports are well-written, and edited following the institutional format.
I.5.The institution supports the researchers in all of the following activities:
I.5.1. Instructional Materials Development;
I.5.2. paper presentations, journal publication, classroom lectures, and other similar activities;
I.5.3. editorship/writing in academic, scientific and professional journals;
I.5.4. thesis/dissertation advising; and
I.5.5. patenting of research outputs.
I.6.Research results are published preferably in referred journals.
I.7.Research results are disseminated to the target clientele.
I.8.The College/Academic Unit generates income from patents, licenses, copyrights, and other research outputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are published in refereed journals.
O.2.Research outputs are utilized.
O.3.Patented and copyrighted research outputs are commercialized.
EXTENSION AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
PPP
Compliance Report
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The extension agenda is in consonance of local, regional and national development thrusts and priorities.
S.2. The College/Academic Unit has a benchmark survey of the problems, needs priorities and resources of the community.
S.3. The extension program reflects the VMGO.
S.4. There is a pool of consultants/experts from various disciplines to serve in extension projects and activities.
S.5. The institution has an approved and copyrighted Extension Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The extension projects and activities implemented are based on the results of the benchmark survey.
I.2. The extension projects and activities complement the curriculum of the Electrical Engineering program under review.
I.3. A mutual exchange of resources and services between the College/Academic Unit and the community is evident.
I.4. Linkages with local, national, foreign, and non-governmental agencies are institutionalized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority and relevant extension projects and activities are conducted.
PARAMETER B: PLANNING, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a distinct office that manages the Extension Program.
S.2. Instruments for monitoring and evaluation are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The administration, faculty, students and other stakeholders of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering participate in the planning and organization of Extension Program
I.2. The administration, faculty and students are involved in the implementation and dissemination of extension programs.
I.3. The extension projects and activities serve varied clientele.
I.4. The conduct of extension projects and activities is sustainable.
I.5. Technologies/new knowledge are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate extension delivery systems.
I.6. The extension activities are documented in the form of :
I.6.1. pamphlets;
I.6.2. flyers;
I.6.3. bulletins;
I.6.4. newsletters; and
I.6.5. electronic resources.
I.7. Periodic monitoring and evaluation of extension projects and activities are conducted.
I.8. Results of monitoring and evaluation are disseminated and discussed with concerned stakeholders.
I.9. Re-planning of activities based on feedback is conducted.
I.10. Accomplishment and terminal reports are filed and submitted on time.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is well-planned , implemented, monitored, evaluated and disseminated.
O.2. The Extension Program has contributed to the improvement on the quality of life of the target clientele/beneficiaries.
PARAMETER C: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an approved and adequate budget for extension.
S.2. There is a provision of:
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. extension staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The budget for the extension program is utilized as planned.
I.2. Honoraria and other incentives(deloading, credit unit equivalent, etc.)to faculty involved in extension work are granted.
I.3. The College /Academic Unit of sources out the following from other agencies:
I.3.1. additional funding; and
I.3.2. technical assistance and service inputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER D: COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AND PARTICIPATION IN THE INSTITUTION’S ACTIVITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a strategy for involving the community, government and private agencies in the Extension Program.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The College/Academic Unit is committed to the service and development of the community, and
I.1.1. initiates and maintains community development projects;
I.1.2. involves the students, faculty, staff administrators in the projects; and
I.1.3. coordinates its community programs and services with the target clientele.
I.2. There is community participation and involvement in extension activities in the following:
I.2.1. planning;
I.2.2. implementation and dissemination;
I.2.3. monitoring and evaluation;
I.2.4. out-sourcing of funds, materials and other service inputs; and
I.2.5. utilization of technology, knowledge learned , skills acquired from the extension projects and activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is wholesome coordination between the Extension Program implementers and the target clientele/beneficiaries.
LIBRARY
PARAMETER A: ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The organization structure of the library is well-defined.
S.2. The development of the library goals and objectives is the responsibility of the library head and staff with the approval of the Head of the institution.
S.3.There is a Library Board/Committee which sets library policies, rules and procedures and periodically reviews them.
S.4.There js a duly approved and widely disseminated Library Manual or written policies and procedures covering the library’s internal administration and operation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The library develops an explicit statement of its goals and objectives in conformity with the mandate of the institution.
I.2.The library is administered and supervised by:
I.2.1. a full-time professional licensed librarian; and
I.2.2. at least a master’s degree holder in MS Library and Information Science or MAEd/MA in Library Science.
I.3.The Head Librarian directs and supervises the total operation of the library and is responsible for the administration of its resource and services.
I.4.The Head Librarian, preferarbly with an academic rank, actively participates in the academic and administrative activities of the institution.
I.5.The annual accomplishments and other reports of the library are prompty submitted to the higher offices concerned.
I.6.A Library Development Plan is prepared in consultation with the institution’s officials and stakeholders.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The goals and objectives of the Library are satisfactorily attained.
O.2.The library organizational structure is well-designed and effectively implemented.
PARAMETER B: ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The library has staff with the following qualifications.
S.1.1. BS in Library and Information Science for the College/Academic Unit Library; and
S.1.2. MS in Library and Information Science or MAED/MA in Library Science) for the institution.
S.2.1. one(1) Licensed Librarian with two (2) full time staff for the first 500-student population; and
S.2.2. one(1) additional full time Professional Librarian with one (1) full time staff for every additional 1,000 students.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The librarians are qualified.
PARAMETER C: COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION AND PRESERVATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a written Collection Development Policy.
S.2.There is a core collection of at least:
S.2.1. 5,000 titles of the Academic Unit Library; or
S.2.2. 10,000 titles that support the instruction, research and other programs for an institution Library.
S.3.Twenty percent (20%) of the library holdings are of current edition, i.e. with copyright within the last 5 years.
S.4.The Non-print, digital and electronic resources are available.
S.5.There is an integrated library system.
S.6.There are provisions for the preservation, general care, and upkeep of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Collection Development Policy is regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Library Committee.
I.2.The library collection and services support the mission and vision of the institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
I.3.The library provides, sufficient research books and materials to supplement the client’s curricular needs.
I.4.The library maintains an extensive (15% of the total) Filipiniana collection.
I.5.The library provides 3-5 book/journal titles for professional subjects in the major fields of specialization.
I.6.The Library collection is organized according to an accepted scheme of classification and standard code of cataloging.
I.7.Regular weeding-out program is conducted to maintain a relevant and updated collection.
I.8.The quality and quantity of library materials and resources conform with the standards set for a particular academic program.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library core collection is adequate, updated and well-balanced.
O.2.The professional books, journals and electronic resources for the program are sufficient.
PARAMETER D: SERVICES AND UTILIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library has information services pertinent to the institution’s requirements.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The following services/programs are provided:
I.1.1. functional and interactive library web page;
I.1.2. integrated library system;
I.1.3. on-line public access (OPAC);
I.1.4. circulation on-line;
I.1.5. computerized cataloging;
I.1.6. inventory reporting;
I.1.7. serials control;
I.1.8. internet searching;
I.1.9. CD-ROM;
I.1.10. on-line database;
I.1.11. photocopying; and
I.1.12. bar coding.
I.2.The library opens at least 54 hours per week for the College/Academic Unit or 60 hours per week for the institution.
I.3.The library promotes and disseminates its program through a regular announcement of its new acquisition of print materials(books,journals, magazines), resources, facilities, and services.
I.4.Librarians and staff are available during library hours to assist and provide library services.
I.5.Statistical data on the utilization of various resources and services are compiled and used to improve the library collection and operations.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library services are efficiently and effectively provided.
O.2.The library users are satisfied with library services.
PARAMETER E: PHYSICAL SET-UP AND FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
Location and site
S.1.The library is strategically located and accessible to students, faculty and other clientele.
S.2.The library is systematically planned to allow future expansion.
Space Requirement
S.3.The size of the library meets standard requirements considering the present enrollment and future expansion.
S.4.The reading room can accommodate at least 10% of the school enrollment at any given time.
S.5.Space is provided for print resources as well as workstations for electronic resources.
S.6.Space is provided for the librarian’s office, staff room, technical room, etc.
S.7.Ramps for the physically disabled as provided.
Furniture and Equipment
S.8.The library meets the required and standard-sized furniture and equipment.
S.9.The following library furniture and equipment are available:
S.9.1. adjustable/movable shelves;
S.9.2. magazine display shelves;
S.9.3. newspaper racks;
S.9.4. standard tables and chairs;
S.9.5. carrels for individual study;
S.9.6. desks and chairs for staff;
S.9.7. charging desk;
S.9.8. dictionary stand;
S.9.9. atlas stand;
S.9.10. bulletin boards and display cabinets;
S.9.11. vertical file cabinets;
S.9.12. book racks;
S.9.13. map stands/cabinets;
S.9.14. cardex/rotadex or any filing equipment for periodical records;
S.9.15. typerwriters;
S.9.16. computers with printers; and
S.9.17. other (please specify)________________.
Physical Provisions for Reading
S.10.The library is well lighted.
S.11.The library is well-ventilated.
S.12.The atmosphere is conducive to learning.
Security/Control
S.13.Fire extinguishers and a local fire alarm system are available.
S.14.The library employs a system for security and control of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. IT Software and multi-media equipment are utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The environment in the library is conducive to learning.
O.2.The library facilities are well-maintained and aesthetically designed.
PARAMETER F: FINANCIAL SUPPORT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a regular and realistic budget for the library.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The Head Librarian and staff, in coordination with other officials of the institution, prepare and manage the annual library budget.
I.2.All fees and funds allocated for library resources and services are utilized solely for such purposes and are properly audited.
I.3.Other sources of financial assistance are sought.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The financial support from fiduciary, supplemental and external funds is adequate.
PARAMETER G: LINKAGES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library is on the mailing list of agencies, foundations, etc., for exchange of publications and other books and journals donations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Linkages with other institutions and funding agencies are explored and established for the purposes of enhancing library facilities and resources.
I.2.The library establishes consortia, networking and resource sharing with other institutions and library collaborative activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Library resource sharing and linkages are well-established.
PHYSICAL PLANT AND FACILITIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: CAMPUS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 There is a Site Development Plan, ang program of implementation.
S.2. The Campus has accessible good roads and pathways.
S.3. The campus is in a well-planned , clean and properly landscaped environment.
S.4. There is a system to ensure that all of the following are provided:
S.4.1. traffic safety in and outside the campus;
S.4.2. waste management program;
S.4.3. proper utilization , repair and upkeep of school facilities and equipment; and
S.4.4. cleanliness and orderliness of the school campus.
S.5. An area for outdoor educational activities, e.g. social, physical, athletic, cultural, military training, etc. Exists.
S.6. There is a campus security unit that ensures safety of the academic community.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The site infrastructure development plan is implemented as planned.
I.2. The site plan is strategically displayed inside the campus indicating the location of the different buildings, driveways, parking areas, etc.
I.3. The infrastructure development plan is implemented in accordance with approved zoning ordinances.
I.4. Covered walks are provided to protect the academic community from inclement weather.
I.5. The institution implements a Waste Management Program.
I.6. The Maintenance Unit or its equivalent periodically inspects school facilities and equipment to ensure their proper utilization and upkeep.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Campus environment is conducive to all educational activities.
O.2. The site can accommodate its present school population and future expansion.
O.3. The campus is safe and well-maintained.
O.4. The campus is well-planned, clean and properly landscaped.
PARAMETER B: BUILDINGS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The buildings meet all requirements of the Building Code. A Certificate of Occupancy for each building is conspicuously displayed.
S.2. The buildings are constructed according to their respective uses.
S.3. The buildings are well-planned and appropriately located to provide for future expansion.
S.4. Entry and exit points permit the use of the buildings for public and other functions with minimum interference to school activities.
S.5. Emergency exits are provided and properly marked.
S.6. The buildings are equipped with emergency/fire escapes which are readily accessible.
S.7. The corridors, doorways, and alleys are well-constructed for better mobility.
S.8. The buildings are well-ventilated and lighted.
S.9. The buildings have facilities for persons with disability (PWDs) as provided by law.
S.10. There is a central signal and fire alarm system.
S.11. There are readily accessible and functional fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment.
S.12. Bulletin boards, display boards, waste disposal containers and other amenities are strategically located inside the buildings.
S.13. There are faculty rooms and offices.
S.14. The buildings are insured.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The buildings are clean, well-maintained and free from vandalistic acts.
I.2. Toilets are clean and well-maintained.
I.3. Electrical lines are safety installed and periodically checked.
I.4. Water facilities are functional and well-distributed in all buildings.
I.5. There is a periodic potability testing of drinking water.
I.6. Floor plans indicating fire exits and location of fire fighting equipment, stand pipes , and other water resources are conspicuously displayed in each building.
I.7. All school facilities are periodically subjected to pest control and inspection.
I.8. Smoking is strictly prohibited inside the campus.
I.9. Periodic drill on disaster and risk reduction (earthquake, flood, fire etc.) is conducted.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The buildings and other facilities are safe, well-maintained and functional.
PARAMETER C: CLASSROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Classrooms size (1.5 sq.m. per student) meets standard specifications for instruction.
S.2. The classrooms are well-lighted, ventilated and acoustically conditioned.
S.3. The classrooms are adequate and are provided with enough chairs, furniture and equipment.
S.4. There are sufficient supplies (chalkboards/whiteboards, and instructional materials) in each classroom.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The classrooms are clearly marked and arranged relative to their functions.
I.2. The classrooms are well-maintained and free from interference.
I.3. Students cooperate in maintaining the cleanliness and orderliness of the classrooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Classrooms are adequate and conducive to learning.
PARAMETER D: OFFICES AND STAFF ROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The administrative offices are accessible to stakeholders.
S.2. All offices are accessible and conveniently located in accordance to their functions.
S.3. There are offices and workspaces for all officials, faculty and administrative staff.
S.4. Administration and faculty offices and staff rooms are clean, well-lighted and ventilated.
S.5. Function rooms and lounge are available and accessible.
S.6. Storerooms are strategically located.
S.7. There is internal and external communication system.
S.8. There are clean toilets for administrators, faculty, staff, and students.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. All offices are furnished with the necessary equipment, furniture, supplies and materials.
I.2. All offices are well-maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The offices and staff rooms are adequate and conducive to working environment.
PARAMETER E: ASSEMBLY, ATHLETIC AND SPORTS FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Function rooms for holding meetings, conferences, convocations and similar activities are sufficient.
S.2. Facilities for athletic sports, cultural activities, military training, etc. are accessible.
S.3. The seating capacity conforms to standards.
S.4. There are adequate and well-marked entry and exit points.
S.5. There are storage facilities for athletic sports and other curricular training equipment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Indoor facilities are constructed with:
I.1.1. appropriate flooring;
I.1.2. proper lighting and ventilation;
I.1.3. safety measures;
I.1.4. toilets;
I.1.5. functional drinking facilities; and
I.1.6. enough chairs.
I.2. The constructed outdoor facilities are:
I.2.1. free from hazards;
I.2.2. suitably surfaced floor;
I.2.3. appropriately laid out for a variety of activities;
I.2.4. properly maintained and secured; and
I.2.5. installed with drainage system.
I.3. Assembly, athletic sports and cultural facilities are sufficient and varied to meet the requirements of the institution.
I.4. Audio-visual room and facilities with appropriate equipment are utilized in support of the teaching-learning such as but not limited to video/ overhead/ slide projector, sound system, LCD projectors and screens.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Indoor and outdoor facilities are well-equipped and properly maintained.
PARAMETER F: MEDICAL AND DENTAL CLINIC
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Medical and Dental Clinic has basic facilities such as: reception area, records section, examination/treatment room and toilets.
S.2. The institution has functional medical and dental section/area.
S.3. Potable water is available and sufficient.
S.4. Medical and dental equipment are provided.
S.5. There are enough medical and dental supplies and materials.
S.6. Storage facilities(refrigerator, steel cabinets,etc.) are available.
S.7. Medical and dental supplies and materials are properly labeled.
S.8. The following basic medical equipment and medicines are all available:
S.8.1. emergency medicines;
S.8.2. ambobag;
S.8.3. oxygen tank;
S.8.4. intravenous fluid;
S.8.5. sphygmomanometer(at least 2 sets);
S.8.6. thermometer(at least 10 pcs);
S.8.7. diagnostic sets;
S.8.8. stethoscope(at least 2 units);
S.8.9. treatment cart; and
S.8.10. nebulizer.
S.9. The following basic dental equipment and apparatuses are available:
S.9.1. dental chair;
S.9.2. autoclave(sterilizer);
S.9.3. medical supplies;
S.9.4. filling instruments; and
S.9.5. basic instruments (forceps ,mouth mirror, cotton fliers, explorer, etc).
S.10. The Medical/Dental Clinic has ample space, adequate lighting and ventilation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Medical and Dental Clinics are managed by qualified medical and dental officers.
I.2. Distinct rooms and storage areas are properly labeled.
I.3. Medical and dental services are regularly monitored and evaluated.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The medical, dental clinic and services are functional.
PARAMETER G: STUDENT CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Center with supplies and materials.
S.2. Policies and guidance on the proper utilization of Student Center are in place.
S.3. The student Center is well-lighted and ventilated.
S.4. A conference room is available for student’s use.
S.5. There are facilities and equipment for table games, music appreciation, and TV or video viewing.
S.6. Clean and sanitary toilets, for men separate from those of women are available.
S.7. Toilet fixtures for students with special needs from PWD’s are provided.
S.8. There are offices for student leaders, the editorial staff of the student publication and the officers of other student organizations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Student activities at the Student Center are regularly conducted and monitored.
I.2. The Student Center is properly maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Student Center is fully equipped and functional.
PARAMETER H: FOOD SERVICES/CANTEEN/CAFETERIA
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The canteen/ cafeteria is well-lighted, ventilated, screened and provided with potable water supply.
S.2. There are enough:
S.2.1. cooking and preparatory equipment;
S.2.2. serving tools and utensils;
S.2.3. cleaning supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. dining tables and chairs.
S.3. Wash area and toilets are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution requires business and sanitary permits for the operation of the Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen.
I.2. Food served is varied, nutritious, safe and sold at affordable price.
I.3. The Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen is well-managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.4. Cleanliness and orderliness are enforced.
I.5. The food services are prompt.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Canteen/Cafeteria/Food Center is well-patronized.
O.2. The food services generate income for the institution.
PARAMETER I: ACCREDITATION CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Accreditation Center (AC) is accessible and conveniently located.
S.2. The AC has the following equipment and fixtures:
S.2.1. working tables and chairs;
S.2.2. cabinets for display and filing;
S.2.3. good ventilation and lighting;
S.2.4. computer unit;
S.2.5. toilets; and
S.2.6. lounge.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution/College/Academic Unit maintains the AC with the required resources, furniture , and documents.
I.2. The AC is managed by a qualified and committed staff/faculty.
I.3. Required documents/information and exhibits are updated, systematically packaged and readily available.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The AC is well-equipped and managed.
PARAMETER J: HOUSING(optional)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are dormitories and housing facilities for students, faculty and staff.
S.2. There is an implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for in-campus housing services.
S.3. There is a system of coordinating with the LGU’s on privately owned boarding houses.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The housing facilities functionally designed.
I.2. The housing facilities and surroundings are properly maintained and monitored.
I.3. The IRR on housing services is strictly followed (e.g. Dormitory fees, etc.).
I.4. The institution coordinates with LGU’s and owners of private boarding houses.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The housing facilities are safe, habitable and well-maintained.
O.2. There is wholesome coordination among the institution, the LGU’s and the owners of private boarding houses.
LABORATORIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: LABORATORIES, SHOPS ANDFACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The laboratory layout conforms to acceptable standards (RA 6541-National Building Code of the Philippines/PD 856 “Code of Sanitation of the Philippines) and to particular needs of the Electrical Engineering program
S.2. Rooms have lightings conform to the standard requirements of fluorescent bulbs relative to the size of the room
S.3. The laboratories are properly lighted and well-ventilated.
S.4. Each laboratory room has at least two exit doors that open outward.
S.5. There is a laboratory for shop work for specific technologies.
S.6. There is a computer laboratory with at least 15 usable computer units and a printer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Furniture/equipment arrangement allows free mobility and enables students to work comfortably without interference.
I.2. Safety and precautionary measures are implemented
I.3. Usable fire extinguishers are accessible to staff and students.
I.4. Laboratory Operations Manuals for the faculty and students are provided in each laboratory.
I.5. Demonstrations and training are periodically conducted on the proper use of fire extinguishers, first-aid kit and other emergency measures.
I.6. A well-equiped first-aid kit, charts for antidotes and neutralizing solutions are made available in each laboratory room.
I.7. A student’s access to a computer is at least 15 hours per term subject.
I.8. Appropriate laboratories for general subjects are adequately equipped and well-maintained.
I.9. A well-equipped Multimedia Center is maintained.
I.10. Gas, water and electricity are utilized for class laboratory activities.
I.11. A demonstration table, equipped with sink, water, electrical and gas outlets , is utilized.
I.12. Laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are kept in separate stock rooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are well-equipped, functional and are conducive to learning.
PARAMETER B: EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The equipment, instruments, and materials needed in the classrooms are available.
S.2. Apparatuses, tools and materials conform with the standards and – the specifications required for the subjects in accordance with the CMO of the Program.
S.3. Varied computer software is available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Equipment are well-maintained.
I.2. Laboratory supplies and materials are wisely utilized.
I.3. Licensed computer software are installed and utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are sufficient and wisely utilized.
PARAMETER C: MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. A laboratory technician/assistant is available for the proper upkeep of the laboratory.
S.2. The institution has a Maintenance and Repair Department/Unit managed by skilled staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution keeps the laboratories neat, clean and orderly.
I.2. There is regular replenishment/replacement pf laboratory supplies and materials.
I.3. The inventory of laboratory facilities and equipment is systematically and periodically conducted.
I.4. The laboratory equipment/instruments are in good condition and are periodically calibrated.
I.5. All equipment are coded, listed and inventoried.
I.6. Waste disposal is efficiently and effectively managed.
I.7. The following are properly maintained by trained staff/technicians:
I.7.1. shops;
I.7.2. computer laboratory;
I.7.3. multi-media center/educational technology center;
I.7.4. research facility; and
I.7.5. general education laboratory;
I.7.5.1. natural science/physical science;
I.7.5.2. speech laboratory; and
I.7.5.3. physical education; and
I.7.5.4. others(please specify)________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are functional and properly maintained.
PARAMETER D: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Specific program requirements (listing of materials and equipment as per CMO 34 s 2008) are in accordance with guidelines/policies embodied in issurances, e.g. CMOs.
List of required laboratory equipment/apparatuses (The minimum required quantity is based on class size of 25)
Allied Subjects
S.2. Feedback and Control System Laboratory
S.2.1. computer workstation (5sets)
S.2.2. control system software ( 5 sets)
S.3. Principles of Communication Laboratory
S.3.1. AM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.2. AM Receiver Module, AM29618 (5pcs)
S.3.3. Amplitude Modulation(AM) Module (5pcs)
S.3.4. breadboard (5pcs)
S.3.5. capacitors, 1 nf (5pcs)
S.3.6. carbon resistors, 10 Kq (5pcs)
S.3.7. conecting wires (5pcs)
S.3.8. DC sourse (2pcs)
S.3.9. FM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.10. FM Receiver Module (5 pcs)
S.3.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.3.12. multimeter (5 pcs)
S.3.13. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.3.14. oscilloscope probes (5 pcs)
S.3.15. personal computer (5 sets)
S.3.16. power supply,+/-15V DC regulated ( 5 pcs)
S.3.17. Practical Electronics Trainer (5 pcs)
S.3.18. software for simulation of AM(5pcs)
S.3.19. Tuned Circuits and Filter Module (5pcs)
S.3.20. Two-channel oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4 Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 1)
S.4.1. analog multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.2. breadboard (5pcs)
S.4.3. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.4. desktop computer (5 pcs)
S.4.5. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.6. FET fundamentals circuits board with power supply (5pcs)
S.4.7. function generator (5 pcs)
S.4.8. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4.9. semiconductor devices circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.10. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5. Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 2)
S.5.1. breadboard (5 pcs)
S.5.2. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.3. Digital Circuit Training Module (5 pcs)
S.5.4. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.5.5. function generator (5 pcs)
S.5.6. operational amplifier circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.7. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.5.8. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.9. transistor feedback circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.10. VOM (5pcs)
S.6. Industrial Electronics
S.6.1. breadboard (10pcs)
S.6.1. capacitors (10pcs)
S.6.3. DC motor (5pcs)
S.6.4. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.6.5. Filter Experimental Module (5pcs)
S.6.6. function generation (5pcs)
S.6.7. lamp (10 pcs)
S.6.8. laser diode (10 pcs)
S.6.9. LED (10 pcs)
S.6.10. multimeter (5pcs)
S.6.11. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.12. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.13. PC Workstation (5 units)
S.6.14. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.15. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.16. PLC Training Module with simulation software for PLC (5pcs)
S.6.17. potentiometers (10pcs)
S.6.19. regulated variable DC power supply (5pcs)
S.6.20. SCRs (10pcs)
S.6.21. signal generator (5pcs)
S.6.22. SPST switches (10pcs)
S.6.23. Transducers and Transmitter Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.6.24. TRIACs (10pcs)
S.6.25. UJTs (10pcs)
S.7. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.1. l/O board (5p[cs)
S.7.2. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.3. stepper motor (5pcs)
S.8. Numerical Methods with Computer Application
S.8.1. PC with software for mathematical computation and programming (5pcs)
S.9. Electric Circuit 1
S.9.1. analog/digital DC ammeter (15pcs)
S.9.2. analog/digital DC mialliammeter (5pcs)
S.9.3. analog/digital DC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.9.4. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.9.5. analog/digital wattmeter (5pcs)
S.9.6. calibrated potentiometer (5pcs)
S.9.7. Circuit Training Kit/Module (5pcs)
S.9.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.9.9. rheostat(variable resistor) (15pcs)
S.9.10. square wave generator (5pcs)
S.9.11. strain gauge (95pcs)
S.9.12. variable capacitive load (5pcs)
S.9.13. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.9.14. variable resisteve load (5pcs)
S.9.15. variable/fixed DC regulated power supply(5pcs)
S.10. Electric Circuits 2
S.10.1. AC ammeter (20pcs)
S.10.2. AC milliameter (10 pcs)
S.10.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.4. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.5. calibrated potentiometer (10pcs)
S.10.6. capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.7. circuit training kit/module (5pcs)
S.10.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.10.9. dual trace oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.10.10. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.10.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.10.12. lnductive load (5pcs)
S.10.13. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.14. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.10.15. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.10.16. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.11.3. Electric Circuits3
S.11.1. 3-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.2. AC voltmeter (30 pcs)
S.11.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.11.4. Analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.11.5. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.11.6. fixed capacitors ( 15 pcs)
S.11.7. fixed inductor ( 15 pcs)
S.11.8. fixed resistor (15 pcs)
S.11.9. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.11.10. lamp load (15 pcs)
S.11.11. rheostat ( 10 pcs)
S.11.12. single-phase capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.11.13. single-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.14. single-phase wattmeter (15 pcs)
S.11.15. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.11.16. two winding transformer (5 units)
S.11.17. variable capacitor ( 15 pcs)
S.12. Electrical Equipment of Operation and Maintanance
S.12.1. 3- phase SCIM
S.12.2. 3-phase or 1-phase DC servo motor(5 pcs)
S.12.3. 3-phase or 1-phase SCR motor drive(5 units)
S.12.4. 3-phase transformer ( 10 units)
S.12.5. 3-pole,6A TOR(5 pcs)
S.12.6. 3-pole,9A contactor (5 pcs)
S.12.7. 3-pole,9A MCCB (5 pcs)
S.12.8. 4PDT control relay ( 5 pcs)
S.12.9. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.12.10. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.12.11. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.12.12. Auto-transformer with available secondary taps (60%,70% & 85 %) (10 units)
S.12.13. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.12.14. DC ammeter ( 5 units)
S.12.15. DC shunt motor ( 5 units)
S.12.16. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.12.17. disconnect switch, 3-pole,32A(5 pcs)
S.12.18. DMM ( 5 pcs)
S.12.19. electronic control ATS( 5 pcs)
S.12.20. electronic timer ( 5 pcs)
S.12.21. external power resistors (R=25%Ra, 50%Ra, 100Ra%) power rating of motor (10 pcs)
S.12.22. inventer motor drive ( variable frequency) ( 5 units)
S.12.23. momentary switch ( 5 pcs)
S.12.24. power factor meter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.25. RMS AC ammeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.26. RMS AC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.27. single phasae AC power supply (5 units )
S.12.28. single-phase two-winding transformer (30 units)
S.12.29. tachmoter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.30. three-phase inductive load(1 pc)
S.12.31. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.32. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.33. two-winding transformer ( 5 units)
S.12.34. universal motor controller (UMC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.35. variable autotransform (VARIAC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.36. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.12.37. variable inductive load (15 pcs)
S.12.38. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.12.39. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.13. AC and DC Machinery
S.13.1. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.13.2. AC series motor and white torque dics ( 5 units )
S.13.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.13.4. AC wattmeter (10 pcs)
S.13.5. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.13.6. cage-rotor induction machine ( 5 units)
S.13.7. connecting wires (10 sets)
S.13.8. DC ammeter (10 pcs)
S.13.9. DC compound machine ( 20 units )
S.13.10. DC power supply (10 pcs)
S.13.11. DC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.12. direct-on-line starter ( 5 units)
S.13.13. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.14. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.15. geenral purpose rheostat (10 pcs)
S.13.16. phase sequence indicator ( 5 units)
S.13.17. rheostat (20 pcs)
S.13.18. single-phase AC power supply ( 5 units)
S.13.19. slip ring machine ( 5 units)
S.13.20. synchroscope ( 5 units)
S.13.21. three-phase capacitive load( 5 units)
S.13.22. three-phase inductive load( 5 units)
S.13.23. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.13.24. three-phase resistive load ( 5 units)
S.13.25. torque meter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.26. variable resistive load (20 pcs)
S.14. Instrumentation and Control
S.14.1. adjustable DC power supply ( 5 pcs)
S.14.2. digital multi-meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.3. Experimental Module for sensors, transducers, transmitters and actuators ( 5 pcs)
S.14.4. Flow rate and level Measurement Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.5. On-off control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.6. oscilloscope with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.7. PID Comtroller with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.8. power meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.9. Pressure Control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.10. RLC meter ( 1 pc)
S.14.11. Training Module for analog data acquisiton, conversion, and digital data recording and retrieveal ( 5 sets)
S.14.12. VOM (5 pcs)
S.15. There is an approval project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP).
S.16. There is an approval Annual Procurement Plan (APP) for laboratory equipment, supplies and matrials.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the special provisions as listed in the CMO 34 s 2008.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. special provision in the CMO 34 s 2008 of the program are complied with.
ADMINISTRATION
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: ORGANIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution has an organizational structure approved by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
S.2. Every office/unit in the organizational structure has functions approved by the BOR/BOT.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution is subdivided into administrative units in accordance with the organizational structure.
I.2. The functions, duties and responsibilities of administrative personnel/staff in each unit/office are identified and carried out.
I.3. The BOR/BOT is supportive with the growth and development of the institution.
I.4. The Academic and Administrative Councils exercise their powers and perform their functions.
I.5. The flow of communication among and within units/departments is observed.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a well-designed and functional organizational structure.
PARAMETER B: ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Dean/Academic Unit Head processes the required educational qualification, experience and other prescribed requirements to administer the college/Academic Unit namely:
S.1.1. holder of baccalaureate and master’s degree in engineering, preferably in the Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering;
S.1.2. preferably holder of doctorate degree in engineering or related fields;
S.1.3. minimum teaching experience of not less than five (5) years;
S.1.4. at least five (5) years administrative experience and at least five (5) field experience; and
S.1.5. registered engineer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Dean is assisted by Department Chair/s or their equivalent with appropriate/relevant educational qualification and experience.
I.2. The Dean implements a supervisory program.
I.3. The Dean participates in the recruitment and promotion of faculty and support staff.
I.4. The Dean, the faculty and the administration work together for the improvement of the College/Academic Unit, particularly in;
I.4.1. setting standards and targets;
I.4.2. planning of programs and other related activities;
I.4.3. implementing, monitoring and evaluation of plans, programs and other related activities;
I.4.4. establishing linkages, partnership and networking activities;
I.4.5. providing opportunities professional growth and development of the faculty and staff;
I.4.6. preparing guidelines on the internal administration and operation of the Academic Unit/College; and
I.4.7. preparing guidelines for the proper use and maintenance of facilities, equipment, supplies and materials.
I.5. Definite criteria and procedures in the selection and promotion of the most qualified faculty and staff are observed.
I.6. The Dean, faculty, staff, and students pursue collaborative activities in generating resources and income, and in implementing cost-effective measures.
I.7. The Dean implements policies and procedures on internal administration and operations of the College/Academic Unit.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The College/Academic unit/college is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and printed Student Handbook/Manual containing policies and guidelines on the following aspects of student life:
S.1.1. admission and retention policies;
S.1.2. registration requirements;
S.1.3. school fees;
S.1.4. academic load;
S.1.5. transfers;
S.1.6. residence, course work, scholastic and graduation requirements;
S.1.7. examination and grading system;
S.1.8. scholarship/grants/assistantships;
S.1.9. shifting and adding/dropping of course;
S.1.10. Code of Conduct and Discipline;
S.1.11. attendance; and
S.1.12. others (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Students are provided opportunities to participate in the planning and implementation of activities concerning their welfare.
I.2. Concerned officials, faculty and staff act promptly on requests, needs, and problems of the students.
I.3. The administration, faculty, staff and students work harmoniously and maintain good relationship.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an effective and functional Student Administration.
O.2. Policy implementation is efficient.
PARAMETER D: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Financial Development Plan (FDP).
S.2. The approved budget is in consonance with the FDP.
S.3. The institution has budgetary allotment for following:
S.3.1. personal services;
S.3.2. Maintenance and Other Operating Expenses (MOOE);
S.3.3. capital outlay; and
S.3.4. special projects.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Financial Management Office managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.2. The financial management personnel are responsible for the efficient management of financial resources/funds of the Institution.
I.3. The administrative officials, faculty and student representatives participate in the budget preparation and in the procurement program of the institution.
I.4. The budget of the institution is fairly and objectively allocated.
I.5. The Institution allocates funds for the following student services and activities:
I.5.1. cultural development;
I.5.2. athletic and sports development;
I.5.3. medical/dental services;
I.5.4. library;
I.5.5. student body organization;
I.5.6. guidance and counseling;
I.5.7. improvement of laboratories/shops;
I.5.8. repair and maintenance of facilities equipment;
I.5.9. purchase of new equipment, supplies and materials;
I.5.10. replacement of old unserviceable equipment;
I.5.11. construction of new facilities, as needed;
I.5.12. improvement/expansion of physical plant;
I.5.13. extension/community service; and
I.5.14. disaster and risk reduction;
I.5.15. auxiliary service, etc.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a sound and effective financial management system.
PARAMETER E: SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has an approved procurement management system in consonance with the Revised IRR of RA 9184 (Government Procurement Reform Act).
S.2. The institution has a system for the proper disposal of non-serviceable and condemned equipment, supplies and materials.
S.3. The office has a storeroom for keeping and securing all equipment, supplies and materials purchased.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Supply Management Office (SMO) managed by qualified staff with specific functions and responsibilities.
I.2. The Bids and Awards Commitee (BAC) is responsible for the procurement and deliveries of needed equipment, supplies and materials in accordance with the approved Annual Procurement Plan (APP) and Project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP).
I.3. The BAC performs its tasks and responsibilities in accordance with recent procurement policies and official issuances.
I.4. The SMO office prepares, submits and evaluates the annual inventory of serviceable and non-serviceable facilities and equipment.
I.5. All approved requests for procurement are published in the Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an efficient and effective Supply Management and System.
O.2. All procurement transactions are transparent.
PARAMETER F: RECORDS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has a system of records keeping.
S.2. The institution has policies and procedures to ensure the security and confidentiality of records.
S.3. Policies and procedures on prompt release of records are in place.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Records Management Office (RMO) managed by a qualified Records Officer.
I.2. A records system is installed in offices where it allows access to information needed by concerned parties.
I.3. The Human Resource Management Office(HRMO) maintains accurate, up-to-date and systematic records of faculty and staff.
I.4. The following updated record compilations are made available to concerned parties:
I.4.1. minutes of the Board of Regents/Trustees meetings;
I.4.2. minutes of the faculty meetings, e.g. Minutes of the Academic Council meetings;
I.4.3. faculty/non-teaching personnel individual files;
I.4.4. faculty/non-teaching personnel performance evaluation; and
I.4.5. other records such as:
I.4.5.1. student directory;
I.4.5.2. alumni directory;
I.4.5.3. permanent records of students;
I.4.5.4. reports of Director/Dean;
I.4.5.5. annual reports;
I.4.5.6. accomplishment/progress reports;
I.4.5.7. scholarship records;
I.4.5.8. other statistical data;
I.4.5.9. financial records of students;
I.4.5.10. inventory of property;
I.4.5.11. proceedings of administrative investigation (if any); and
I.4.5.12. other (please specify)____________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a commendable Records Management System.
PARAMETER G: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Strategic Development Plan(SDP) available in printed and/or electronic forms.
S.2. There is a system to monitor the implementation of the SDP.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution’s Planning and Development Unit plans, monitors and evaluates planned activities/targets.
I.2. The planning process is a cooperative and participative endeavor of administration, the faculty and the students.
I.3. The SDP is implemented, monitored, evaluated, reviewed and updated regularly.
PARAMETER H: PERFORMANCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.1. competence;
S.1.2. quality of work;
S.1.3. work ethic(punctuality, wise use of time, etc);
S.1.4. creative/innovative ability;
S.1.5. ability to handle internal and external pressures; and
S.1.6. interpersonal relations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution regularly monitors and evaluates the performance of the administrative personnel.
I.2. The results of performance evaluation of the administrative personnel are utilized:
I.2.1. to improve performance and delivery of eservices; and
I.2.2. for promotion.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The administrative personnel/ staff have commendable performance.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
VISION, MISSION, GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
Parameter A: Statement of Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives
System – Inputs and Process
S.1 The institution has a system of determining the Vision and Mission.
S.2 The Vision clearly reflects what the institution hopes to become in the future.
S.3 The Mission clearly reflects the institution’s legal and other statutory mandate.
S.4 The Goals of the College/Academic Unit are consistent with the Mission of the institution.
S.5 The Objectives of the program have the expected outcomes in terms of competencies (skills and knowledge), values and other attributes of the graduates which include the development of:
S.5.1. technical skills in Mathematics/Applied Mathematics;
S.5.2. rresearch and extension capabilities;
S.5.3. students’ own ideas, desirable attitudes and personal discipline;
S.5.4. moral character.
S.5.5. critical, analytical, problem solving and other higher order thinking skills; and
S.5.6. aesthetic and cultural values.
Implementation
I.1 The Institution/College conducts a review on the statement of the Vision and Mission as well as its goals and program objectives for the approval of authorities concerned.
I.2 The College/Academic Unit follows a system of formulating its goals and the objectives of the program.
I.3 The College/Academic Unit’s faculty, personnel, students and other stakeholders (cooperating agencies, linkages, alumni, industry sector and other concerned groups) participate in the formulation, review and/or revision of the VMGO.
Output
O.1 The VMGO are crafted and duly approved by the BOR/BOT.
PARAMETER B: DISSEMINATION AND ACCEPTABILITY
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The VMGO are available on bulletin boards in catalogs/manuals and in other forms of communication media.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. A system of dissemination and acceptability of the VMGO is enforced.
I.2. The administrators/faculty attend in-service seminars and training on awareness and acceptability of the:
I.2.1. Vision and Mission of the Institution.
I.2.2. Goals of the College/ Academic Unit; and
I.2.3. Objectives of the Program.
I.3. The formulation/review/revision of the VMGO is participated in by the following:
1.3.1. administrators;
1.3.2. faculty
1.3.3. staff;
1.3.4. students; and
1.3.5. other stakeholders
1.4. The faculty and staff perform their jobs/functions in consonance with the VMGO.
1.5. The VMGO are widely disseminated to the different agencies, institutions industry sector and the community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is full awareness and acceptance of the VMGO by the administrators, faculty, staff, students and other stakeholders.
O.2. There is congruency between actual educational practices and activities with the following:
O.2.1. Vision and Mission of the SUC;
O.2.2. Goals of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering; and
O.2.3. Objectives of the Electrical Engineering program.
FACULTY
PARAMETER A: ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The required number of faculty possesses graduate degrees appropriate and relevant to the Arts program
S.2 Other qualifications such as the following are considered:
S.2.1 related professional experience;
S.2.2 licensure, if applicable;
S.2.3 specialization;
S.2.4 technical skills and competence; and
S.2.5 special abilities, computer literacy, research productivity.
S.3 Faculty handling the OJT/practicum courses have had at least three (3) years of teaching and industry-based experience in the field.
S.4 At least 50% of the faculty are Graduate degree holders.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The faculty demonstrate professional competence and are engaged in any or a combination of the following:
I.1.1. instruction;
I.1.2. research;
I.1.3 extension
I.1.4. production;
I.1.5. consultancy and expert service; and
I.1.6. publication, creative and scholarly works.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has qualified and competent faculty.
PARAMETER B: RECRUITMENT, SELECTION AND ORIENTATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an institutional Human Resources Development Plan/Program designed for the faculty recruitment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Recruitment and selection of the faculty is processed by the Faculty Selection Board using the following criteria:
Mandatory
I.1.1. academic qualifications;
I.1.2. personal qualities;
I.1.3. communication skills;
I.1.4. teaching ability;
I.1.5. medical examination results;
I.1.6. psychological examination results;
Optional
I.1.7. relevant professional experience; (if any);
I.1.8. previous record of employment; (if any);
I.1.9. technical/special skills & abilities; and
I.1.10. previous performance rating. (if any)
I.2. The hiring system adopts an open competitive selection, based on the CSC-approved Merit System and Promotion Plan of the institution published and well-disseminated through various means of communication:
I.2.1. print media (newspaper, flyers, CSC Bulletin of vacant positions);
I.2.2. broadcast media (TV, radio);
I.2.3. website;
I.2.4. bulletin boards; and
I.2.5. others (please specify) ____________
I.3. A Screening Committee selects and recommends the best and most qualified applicant.
I.4. Measures to avoid professional in-breeding are observed.
I.5. The institution conducts orientation for newly hired faculty on its vision and mission, CSC, PRC, DBM, and administration policies on their duties and responsibilities, benefits and other academic concerns.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The most qualified faculty are selected.
PARAMETER C: FACULTY ADEQUACY AND LOADING
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Faculty-student ratio is in accordance with the program requirements and standards as follows:
S.1.1. lecture (1:40), maximum of 1:50; and
S.1.2. laboratory (1:25), maximum of 1:30.
S.2. There is a provision for incentives for overload teaching in accordance with the CMO of the program and/or institutional guidelines.
S.3. There are full-time faculty classified by rank, subject/specialization.
S.4. Faculty schedule has time for preparation of lessons, scoring of test papers, record-keeping, class evaluation and other instruction-related activities.
S.5. Workload Guidelines contain sufficient time for teaching and/or research, extension, production and other assigned tasks..
S.6. There is equitable, measurable and fair distribution of teaching load and other assignments.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The maximum total load is assigned to a regular full-time faculty in accordance with the CMO of the program and institutional guidelines.
I.2. A Faculty Manual is published formalizing faculty policies, standards and guidelines.
I.3. Professional subjects are handled by specialists in the discipline/program.
I.4. The faculty are assigned to teach their major/minor fields of specialization for a maximum of four (4) different subject preparations with a semester.
I.5. Administrative arrangements are adopted whenever vacancies/leaves of absence occur during the term.
I.6. No less than 60% of the professional subjects in the Electrical Engineering program are handled by full-time faculty.
I.7. Teaching schedule does not allow more than six (6)- hours of continuous teaching
I.8. Administrative, research and/or professional assignment outside of regular teaching are given credits.
I.9. Consultation, tutorial, remedial classes, expert services, and other instruction-related activities are given credits in consonance with faculty workload guidelines.
I.10. Workload assignments and number of preparations follow existing workload guidelines.
PARAMETER D: RANK AND TENURE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of promotion in rank and tenure based on official issuances.
S.2. The institution has a policy on probationary status of employment.
S.3. At least 50% of the full-time faculty teaching the professional courses are under permanent/regular status.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the system of promotion in rank and salary based on existing policies and issuances (e.g. NBC 416).
I.2. Retirement, separation or termination benefits are implemented in accordance with institutional and government (CSC, GSIS/DBM) policies and guidelines.
I.3. The faculty are officially informed of their rank and tenure after evaluation of credentials and performance.
I.4. The faculty concerned is officially informed of the extension, renewal, or termination of their appointments.
I.5. The institution implements a CSC-approved Strategic Performance Management Plan (SPMS) which emphasizes quality teaching performance, research, creative work, extension and production services.
I.6 The probationary period or temporary status required before the grant of permanent status to the faculty is in accordance with civil Service and institutional policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their rank and employment status.
PARAMETER E: FACULTY DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institutions have an approved and sustainable Faculty Development Program (FDP).
S.2. There are policies on faculty academic recognition and grant of scholarships/fellowships and awards.
S.3. Every faculty member has at least one active membership in professional/scientific organization or honor society relevant to his/her assignment and field of specialization.
S.4. The budget allocation for faculty development is adequate.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements a sustainable Faculty Development Program based on identified priorities/needs and in accordance with the CMO of the program such as:
I.1.1. upgraded educational qualifications (graduate studies);
I.1.2. attendance to seminars, symposia and conferences for continuing education.
I.1.3. conduct of research activities and publication of research output; and
I.1.4. giving lectures and presentation of papers in national/international conferences, symposia and seminars.
I.2. The institution supports the professional growth of the faculty through attendance in educational lectures, symposia, seminars, workshops, conferences and other forms of training.
I.3. The institution conducts in-service training activities regularly at least once per term.
I.4. Selection of deserving faculty to be granted scholarships, fellowships, seminars, conferences and/or training grants is done objectively.
I.5. The budget for the faculty development is adequately allocated.
I.6. The budget for faculty development is wisely utilized.
I.7. The Faculty Development Program is implemented with the following provisions;
I.7.1. adequate and qualified supervision of faculty;
I.7.2. scholarship, fellowships, sabbatical leaves, and research grants;
I.7.3. financial support for active membership in professional organizations;
I.7.4. deloading to finish the faculty’s thesis/dissertation;
I.7.5. attendance in continuing professional education (CPE) programs such as seminars, workshops and conferences or some in-service training courses;
I.7.6. conducting research related activities related to the program;
I.7.7. publishing scholarly articles and research outputs; and
I.7.8. production of instructional materials (IMs).
I.8. Opportunities for the faculty to attend/participate in capability building and enhancing activities are fairly distributed.
I.9. Tuition fee privilege and other forms of assistance are utilized by faculty pursuing advanced (master’s and/or doctoral) degrees.
I.10. Faculty are given incentives for book writing, manuals, handbooks, compilations and instructional materials to keep up with new knowledge and techniques in the field of specialization.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are well-trained and competent to serve the institution.
O.2. The faculty are committed to serve and support the programs and projects of the institution.
PARAMETER F: PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE AND SCHOLARLY WORKS
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of evaluating the faculty on the following:
S.1.1. professional performance; and
S.1.2. scholarly works.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. demonstrate skills and competencies in all of the following:
I.1.1. knowledge of the program objectives/outcome(s);
I.1.2. reflecting the program outcomes clearly in the course objectives;
I.1.3. knowledge/mastery of the content, issues and methodologies in the discipline;
I.1.4. proficiency in the use of the language of instruction;
I.1.5. the use of higher order thinking skills such as analytical, critical, creative, innovative and problem-solving;
I.1.6. innovativeness and resourcefulness in the different instructional processes; and
I.1.7. integration of values and work ethic in the teaching-learning process.
I.1.8. integration of Gender and Development (GAD) activities.
1.2. promptly submit required reports and other academic outputs.
1.3. update lecture notes though an interface of relevant research findings and new knowledge.
I.4. serve as resource person/lecturer/consultant in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.5. present papers in local/regional/national and/or international fora.
I.6. publish papers in regional, national and international magazines and journals.
I.7. conduct research and publish outputs in referred journals of national and international circulation.
I.8. conduct extension and outreach activities.
I.9. regularly update respective course syllabi.
I.10. utilized ICT and other resources in the enhancement of the teaching learning process.
I.11. produce instructional materials, e.g., workbooks, manuals, modules, audio-visual aids, etc. to facilitate teaching and learning.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty performance is generally satisfactory.
O.2. The scholarly works of the faculty are commendable.
PARAMETER G: SALARIES, FRINGE BENEFITS, AND INCENTIVES
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of compensation and rewards to its faculty and staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The following fringe benefits are granted:
I.1.1. maternity leave/paternity leave with pay;
I.1.2. sick leave;
I.1.3. study leave (with or without pay);
I.1.4. vacation leave;
I.1.5. tuition fee discount for faculty and their dependents;
I.1.6. clothing/uniform allowance;
I.1.7. performance base bonus (PBB);
I.1.8. anniversary bonus;
I.1.9. honoraria/incentive for conducting research or for the production of scholarly works;
I.1.10. housing privilege (optional);
I.1.11. sabbatical leave;
I.1.12. compensatory leave credits;
I.1.13. deloading to finish thesis/ dissertation;
I.1.14. thesis/dissertation aid; and
I.1.15. others, (please identify).
I.2. Policies on salaries/benefits and other privileges are disseminated to the faculty.
I.3. Salaries are paid regularly and promptly.
I.4. Teaching assignments beyond the regular load are compensated (e.g., overload pay, services credits, etc.)
I.5. Faculty who are actually involved in the production of scholarly materials are given credits for their work.
I.6. Faculty with outstanding performance are given recognition/awards and incentives.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their compensation and rewards.
PARAMETER H: PROFESSIONALISM
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are approved SUC Code and SUC Faculty Manual that defines the policies, guidelines, rules and regulations affecting the faculty.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. responsibility observe the following:
I.1.1. regular and prompt attendance to classes;
I.1.2. participation in faculty meetings and university/college activities;
I.1.3. completion of assigned task on time;
I.1.4. submission of all required reports promptly; and
I.1.5. decorum at all times.
I.2. follow the Code of Ethics of the Profession and the Code of Ethical Standards for the Government Official and Employees (RA 6713).
I.3. exercise academic freedom judiciously.
I.4. show commitment and loyalty to the institution as evidenced by:
I.4.1. observance of official time;
I.4.2. productive use of official time;
I.4.3. performance of the task and assignments, with or without compensation; and
I.4.4. compliance with terms of agreement/contracts (e.g., scholarship and training).
I.5. maintain harmonious interpersonal relations with superiors, peers, students, parents and the community.
I.6. demonstrate knowledge of recent educational trends/issues/resources in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.7. show evidence of professional growth through further and continuing studies.
I.8. engage in practices which enable the faculty the demonstrate harmonious interpersonal relations with the students, parents and community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The corps of faculty manifest a commendable level of professionalism.
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
PARAMETER A: CURRICULUM AND PROGRAM OF STUDIES
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The curriculum provides for the development of the following professional competencies:
S.1.1. acquisition of knowledge and theories based on the field of specialization/discipline.
S.1.2. application of the theories to real problems in the field; and
S.1.3. demonstration of skills in applying different strategies in the actual work setting.
S.2. There is a system of validation of subjects taken from other schools.
S.3. The curriculum reflects local, regional and national development goals as well as the institution’s vision and mission.
Implementation
I.1. The curriculum/program of study meets the requirements and standards of CHED (143-149 units) Professional Regulations Commission, Technical Panel, Professional Organizations or Societies and other related agencies.
I.1.1. General Education – 63 units
I.1.2. Core Courses – 33 units
I.1.3. Major Tracks/Courses – 15-21 units
I.1.4. Electives – 94 units
I.1.5. PE/NSTP – 14 units
I.2. The subjects are logically sequenced and prerequisite courses are identified.
I.3. The curricular content is responsive to the needs of the country and recent developments in the profession.
I.4. The curricular content covers the extent of the professional and technical preparation required of its graduates.
I.5. The curriculum integrates values, reflective of national customs, culture and traditions in cases where applicable.
I.6. Opportunities for participation in hands-on activities such as immersion/practical training and field study are maintained in the curriculum.
I.7. The following activities are undertaken to ensure quality in the process of curriculum development:
I. 7.1. Participative planning and designing of the curriculum by the following stakeholders.
I.7.2. periodic review, assessment, updating and approval of the curriculum by the Academic Council; and
I.7.3. confirmation of the curriculum by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
1.7.4. others (please specify)
I.8. The program of study allows the accommodation of students with special needs and assists them to finish the degree.
Outcomes
O.1. The curriculum is responsive and relevant to the demands of the times.
PARAMETER B: INSTRUCTIONAL PROCESS, METHODOLOGIES AND LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
System – Inputs and Process
Syllabus and Instructional Materials
S.1. There is an institutional outcomes-based standard format in the preparation of the course syllabi.
S.2. The syllabus includes a list of suggested readings and references of print and electronic resources within the last 10 years.
S.3. Copies of all course syllabi during the term are available at the Dean’s office or in any other appropriate repository.
S.4. Copies of all course syllabi in previous semesters are filed for reference purposes.
S.5. There is a provision for remedial measures to strengthen the basic skills in Mathematics and English and other “tool” subjects.
S.6. There is a mechanism to facilitate the teaching-learning process.
Implementation
I.1. The Dean or official concerned approves the updated syllabus for each subject.
I.2. The faculty prepare syllabi with comprehensive contents.
1.3. The faculty revise and enhances their syllabi preferably every two years, as needed.
I.4. The faculty distributes a copy of the syllabus to each student.
I.5. Teaching strategies stimulate the development of the students’ higher-order thinking skills (HOTS) such as critical thinking, analytical thinking, creative thinking and problem solving
Teaching Method and Techniques
I.6. Classroom instruction is enriched through the use of the following strategies:
I.6.1 symposia seminars. workshops. professional lectures.
I.6.2. educational tours/learning visits/other co-curricular activities.
I.6.3. peer teaching/cooperative learning; and
I.6.4. computer-assisted instruction (CAI) and computer- assisted learning (CAL).
I.7. At least three (3) of the following course requirements are used:
I.7.1. group/individual projects.
I.7.2. group/individual reports.
I.7.3. group/individual term papers.
I.7.4. performance activities.
I.7.5. learning contract.
I. 7.6. portfolio.
I.7.7. learning modules.
I.7.8. research study; and
I.7.9. others (please specify)
I.8. Instruction is enriched through the use of at least ten (10) of the following techniques/strategies:
I.8.1. film showing.
I.8.2. projects.
I.8.3. group dynamics.
I.8.4. case study.
I.8.5. workshops.
I.8.6. simulations.
I.8.7. dimensional question approach.
I.8.8. brainstorming.
I.8.9. buzz sessions.
I.8.10 informal creative groups.
I.8.11 interactive learning.
I.8.12 team teaching;
I.8.13 micro teaching;
I.8.14 macro teaching;
I.8.15 tandem teaching;
I.8.16 peer teaching;
I.8.17 multi-media/courseware/ teachware;
I.8.18 experiments;
I.8.19 problem-solving;
I.8.20 type study methods;
I.8.21 reporting;
I.8.22 panel discussion; and
I.8.23 others (please specify) ___________
1.9. Instructional strategies provide for student’s individual needs and multiple intelligences.
1.10. Instruction is enhanced through the following:
1.10.1 submission of approved and updated syllabus for every course.
1.10.2 regular classroom observation/supervision.
1.10.3 regular faculty meetings with the College/Academic Dean/Department Chair.
1.10.4 regular faculty performance evaluation.
1.10.5 attendance/participation of faculty in in-service training;
1.10.6 conduct of experimental classes;
1.10.7 adoption of alternative instructional delivery modes, such as modular instruction, e-learning and on-line
1.10.8 use of current/updated instructional methodologies.
1.11. Instructional Materials (IMs) are reviewed and recommended by an Instructional Materials Committee (IMC).
1.12. Varied, multi-sensory materials and computer programs are utilized.
1.13. The College/Academic Unit maintains consortia and linkages with other learning institutions for academic exchange of instructional materials.
1.14. The faculty are encouraged to produce their own instructional materials such as modules, software, visual aids, manuals and textbooks.
Outcomes
0.1. Course syllabi are updated and approved by concerned authorities.
0.2. Varied teaching strategies are efficiently and effectively used.
0.3. Instructional materials produced by the faculty are copyrighted/ patented.
PARAMETER C: ASSESSMENT OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The program of studies has a system of evaluating student performance through a combination of the following:
S.1.1. formative tests such as quizzes, units tests;
S.1.2. summative · tests such as mid-term and final examination
S.1.3. project and term papers;
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.2. The summative tests have the following descriptions:
S.2.1. comprehensive enough to test the different levels of cognitive skills and knowledge of content; and
S.2.2. based on a well-designed Table of Specifications (TOS).
Implementation
I.1. Varied evaluation measures are used, such as:
I.1.1. portfolio;
I.1.2. rubric assessment;
I.1.3. skills demonstration;
I.1.4. paper and pencil tests;
I.1.5. oral examinations;
I.1.6. group/individual reports;
I.1.7. group/individual study; and
I.1.8. others (please specify) __
I.2. Evaluation tools/instruments are reviewed and revised periodically.
I.3. The faculty are trained how to assess student performance properly.
I.4. The College/ Academic Unit encourages and supports assessment for multiple intelligences.
I.5. Course and test requirements are returned to the students after results are checked, recorded and analyzed.
I.6. The system of student evaluation and grading is defined, understood, and disseminated to:
I.6.1. students;
I.6.2. faculty;
I.6.3. academic administrators; and
I.6.4. parents/guardians.
Outcomes
O.1. The students’ academic performance is commendable.
O.2. Retention rate of students is on the average.
PARAMETER D: CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There are policies on management of learning which includes the following:
S.1.1. students’ attendance in class and other academic activities;
S.1.2. schedule of classes ;
S.1.3. students’ discipline; and
S.1.4. maintenance of cleanliness and orderliness.
Implementation
I.1. The policies on management of learning are enforced.
I.2. Student activities are well-planned and implemented.
I.3. Assignments are designed to reinforce teaching which results to student’s maximum learning.
I.4. The maximum class size of 50 for undergraduate courses is enforced.
I.5. Classroom discipline is maintained in accordance with democratic practices.
I.6. The class officers and assigned students assist in maintaining the cleanliness of classrooms, laboratories, corridors and the school campus.
I.7. Independent work and performance are encouraged and monitored in the following activities;
I.7.1. case studies/reports;
I.7.2. thesis; and
I.7.3. others (specify)
Outcomes
O.1. Learning is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER E: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There is a policy on graduation requirements.
Implementation
I.1. The students are regularly informed of the academic requirements of their respective courses.
I.2. The College/Academic Unit implements the system for student returnees and transferees to meet the residence and other graduation requirements.
I.3 graduation students conduct research and/or undergo practicum/OT or other activities prescribed in their respective curricula.
I.4. The College/Academic Unit assists the graduating students with which hinder issuance of their clearances.
I.5. A Clearance from academic and financial accountabilities and responsibilities is required before graduation.
PARAMETER F: ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT FOR EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTION
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The institution has a policies on:
S.1.1. substitution or special arrangements whenever a faculty is on leave or absent;
S.1.2. giving awards and/or recognition for faculty and students with outstanding achievements; and I
S.1.3. supervision, monitoring and evaluation of faculty performance.
Implementation
I.1. The institution implements rules on the attendance of the faculty in their respective classes and other academic related activities.
I.2. Dialogues are regularly conducted between the administration and the;
I.2.1 Faculty and;
I.2.2. students
I.3. Quality instruction is assured through the following strategies:
I.3.1. conducting seminars/workshops on syllabi making;
I.3.2. holding workshops on test construction and the corresponding table of specifications.
I.3.3. conducting competency assessment;
I.3.4. conducting supervisory visit of classes and providing assistance, if necessary
I.3.5. holding of regular faculty meetings;
I.3.6. requiring consultations between students and faculty;
I.3.7. conducting studies on academic performance of students; and
I.3.8. providing opportunities for the participation of the faculty in in-service training activities.
I.4. Periodic faculty performance evaluation on teaching and in other functions is done by at least three of the following:
I.4.1. the Dean/Department Chairperson;
I.4.2. the students;
I.4.3. the faculty member himself/herself
I.4.4. peers; and
I.4.5. others (please specify)
I.5 The result of the performance evaluation are used to improve the performance/competencies of the faculty.
I.6. Students are given recognition for exemplary academic and non- academic performances.
I.7. Outstanding achievement of students is recognized and encouraged through the following:
I.7.1. inclusion in the honor roll, Dean’s list, etc.;
I.7.2. grant of tuition scholarships;
I.7.3. award of honor medals and merit certificates;
I.7.4. membership in honor societies/honor class/sections, etc;
I.7.5. grant of special privileges such as opportunities in leadership and others (excluding exemption from major exams on all professional business subjects); and
I.7.6. grant of awards and recognition for outstanding academic accomplishments e.g., Best Thesis, Student Researcher of the Year, etc.
I.8. Indicators on performance of graduates are studied such as:
I.8.1. analysis of performance of graduates in the Licensure Examination, where applicable;
I.8.2. employability of graduates; and
I.8.3. feedback from employers regarding performance of graduates.
Outcomes
O.1. The faculty and students have commendable performances as a result of administrative support.
O.2. The graduates of the program are employable.
SUPPORT TO STUDENTS
PPP
PARAMETER A: STUDENTS SERVICES PROGRAM (SSP)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The institution has Student Services Program (SSP).
S.2. The Student Affairs Services (SAS) program is consistent with the vision and mission of the Institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
S.3.The objectives of the SAS are clearly defined.
S.4.The objectives of the SAS are in accordance with CMO No. 9 series of 2013.
S.5.The SAS is composed of:
S.5.1. student welfare programs and services; and
S.5.2. student development programs and services.
S.6.The following basic service are available:
S.6.1. Student Welfare;
S.6.1.1. Information and Orientation Services;
S.6.1.2. Guidance and Counseling Services;
S.6.1.3. Career and Job Placement Services;
S.6.1.4. Economic Enterprise Development; and
S.6.1.5. Student Handbook Development.
S.6.2. Student Development;
S.6.2.1. Student Activities;
S.6.2.2. Student Organizations and Activities;
S.6.2.3. Leadership Training;
S.6.2.4. Student Council/Government;
S.6.2.5. Student Discipline; and
S.6.2.6. Student Publication/Year Book.
S.6.3. Institutional Student Programs and Services;
S.6.3.1. Admission Services;
S.6.3.2. Scholarship and Financial Assistance(SFA);
S.6.3.3. Food Services;
S.6.3.4. Health and Wellness Services;
S.6.3.5. Safety and Security Services;
S.6.3.6. Student Housing and Residential Services;
S.6.3.7. Multi-faith and inter-faith Services;
S.6.3.8. Foreign/ International Students Services (whenever applicable);
S.6.3.9. Services for Students with Special Needs;
S.6.3.10. Culture and Arts Programs;
S.6.3.11. Sports and Development Programs;
S.6.3.12. Social and Community Involvement Programs; and
S.6.3.13. others (please specify)___________________.
Student Affairs and Services Unit
S.7.There is a SAS Unit that manages students affairs development and welfare programs.
S.8.The SAS Unit has an organizational structure indicating its relationship with other Units.
S.9.The SAS Unit is headed by a qulified official.
S.10.The SAS Unit is staffed with qualified personnel.
Administrative Support
S.11.The various student services are provided with adequate staff, physical facilities, equipment and materials(e.g. One (1) guidance counselor for every 1,000 students, etc.)
S.12.There is a sufficient budget allocation for the Student Affairs and Services of the institution.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The objectives of the SAS are disseminated to and understood by the students, faculty, staff and administrators.
I.2.The SAS plans, implements, monitors and coordinates programs and services for student welfare and development.
I.3.Prompt, courteous and efficient services in the handling of business transactions with students are evident.
I.4.The SAS staff receive salaries on time.
I.5.The SAS is represented in the policy and decision-making body of the institution.
I.6.The projects and activities of the SAS Unit are recognized and implemented.
I.7.There is a continous and systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the programs and services for student welfare and development.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The students are satisfied with the Student Services Program.
PARAMETER B: STUDENT WELFARE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Handbook containing comprehensive information on programs and services for student welfare and development.
S.2.A regular and comprehensive Orientation Program is held for new, returning and continuing students.
S.3.The information materials on educational, career, personal and social concerns are readly available, such as:
S.3.1. R.A. 9262 or Anti Violence Against Women and Children Act;
S.3.2. Anti-Bullying Act;
S.3.3. Guideliness on drug abuse prevention and control;
S.3.4. R.A. 7877 or the Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995;
S.3.5. HIV AIDS awareness;
S.3.6. Self-care and healthy lifestyles; and
S.3.7. R.A. 9442, particularly on the provision on public ridicule and vilification against persons with disability.
S.4.The Guidance and Counseling Program provides the following services:
S.4.1. information and inventory;
S.4.2. counseling;
S.4.3. appraisal and testing;
S.4.4. placement and follow-up; and
S.4.5. referral.
S.5.Gender-sensitive individual and group counseling is provided.
S.6.Counseling Services consider cultural differences.
S.7.The Guidance Program is headed by a licensed Guidance Counselor with at least a master’s degree in Guidance and Counseling.
S.8.All the Guidance Counselors are licensed.
S.9.The Guidance Program is supported by qualified staff.
S.10.Every student has an updated profile at the guidance office.
S.11.A counseling room is provided for students including those with special needs.
S.12.There is a well-planned assessment program for students with appropriate standardized psychological tests.
S.13.Career seminars and job placement services are available for the students.
S.14.There is a mechanism to establish partneship and collaboration with other institutions, agencies and industry.
S.15.There is mechanism for storing and archiving student records for reference purposes.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The ratio of a Guidance Counselor to student population is 1:1000.
I.2.Counseling and other student records are maintained and kept confidential.
I.3.Appropriate intervention programs and services are adopted to promote and enhance student welfare and development.
I.4.The Guidance Office maintain an updated inventory of student cumulative records.
I.5.The psychological tests are administered , scored and interpreted by qualified staff and the results are kept confidential.
I.6.The test results are disseminated to concerned parties.
I.7.Test results are utilized in designing activities to meet student needs.
I.8.A scheme for appropriate follow-up and referrals is utilized.
I.9.The Guidance Office prepares valid appraisal data of students for career and job placement.
I.10.Student placement is regularly monitored and followed up.
I.11.The institution maintains active networking with the schools, the communities, alumni, and other concerned agencies for career and job placement of students.
I.12.Career counseling is provided to enable students to choose appropriate major/field of specialization.
I.13. Information materials on career and job opportunities are made accessible.
I.14The SAS maintains liaison with its alumni to follow up graduates job performance, vis-a-vis:
I.14.1. awards received;
I.14.2. key positions in private and/or government agencies; and
I.14.3. status of the enterprise, if applicable.
I.15.Skills development programs are conducted.
I.16.The students are given assistance in career and job placement.
I.17.The institution encourages student economic ventures such as but not limited to:
I.17.1. student laboratory cooperatives;
I.17.2. entrepreneurial activities/projects;
I.17.3. savings; and
I.17.4. others (please specify)_____________________.
I.18.Updated information on student welfare and development are accessible and disseminated.
I.19.The student body is involved in the development and revision of Student Handbook.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Quality student welfare services are available.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a system of accreditation, monitoring and evaluation of student organizations.
S.2.The institution provides adequate office space and other forms of support to accredited student organizations.
S.3.There is coordination between the school administration and SAS concerning students with drug and other related problems.
S.4.A mechanism to address student grievance is in place.
S.5.Program and opportunities to develop and enhance leadership among students are provided.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Requirements and procedures for recognition/accreditation of student organizations are widely disseminated.
I.2.The Constitution and by-law of student organizations incorporate participation and advocacy in social action activities.
I.3.The institution conducts leadership training.
I.4.The institution recognizes the right of the students to:
I.4.1. govern themselves as a student body;
I.4.2. be transparent and accountable to their constituents; and
I.4.3. be presented in various fora where the students need to be consulted.
I.5. The institution ensures transparency in the development/revision of guidelines and procedures for the student council/government.
I.6.The instruction implements gender and disability sensitive rules and regulations published in a Student Handbook/Manual acceptable to students.
I.7.Sanctions are enforced for misconduct such as but not limited to act of vandalism, hazing, bullying, libelous statements and other negative acts that threaten peace and order inside and outside the school premises
I.8.Grievance Committee is established to ensure due process in dealing with student’s misconduct.
I.9.The institution supports the establishment and implementation of student publication as provided for in R.A. 7079, otherwise known as “Campus Journalism Act of 1991” and other media forms.
I.10.The production /publication of a yearbook is encouraged.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Quality student development services are assured.
PARAMETER D: INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of student, recruitment, selection, admission and retention.
S.2.Admission requirements and procedures of persons with disabilities as stipulated in R.A. 7277 are in place.
S.3.Scholarship and financial assistance in various forms are available to students.
S.4.Policies and guidelines are instutionalized for students from marginalized sector of the country.
S.5.There is a policy on wellness and healthy lifestyle.
S.6.Buildings and facilities which conform with government standards are provided with accessible and safe amenities for persons with disabilities.
S.7.There is a disaster risk reduction and management program in compliance with R.A. 10121, otherwise known as the “Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2020”
S.8.Policies on the use of student facilities are in place.
S.9.An integrated service program that caters to the various needs of foreign students are available, whenever applicable.
S.10.A liaison officer is available to assist foreign students in their transactions with concerned government agencies, whenever applicable.
S.11.There are programs for life skills training (e.g. Conflict and stress management, harassment, etc.) counseling, testing and referrals for students with special needs.
S.12.The institution provides opportunities for promotion and appreciation of culture and arts.
S.13.The institution has well equipped offices for:
S.13.1. Culture and the Arts ;
S.13.2. Sports Development;
S.13.3. Student Publications; and
S.13.4. Medical-Dental Clinic.
S.14.There is a well-furnished medical-dental clinic.
S.15.There is a medical and dental program designed for:
S.15.1. diagnostic purposes;
S.15.2. first aid;
S.15.3. prevention and prophylaxis; and
S.15.4. physical-dental exam.
S.16.An updated information on student health condition is available to parents/guardians.
S.17.There are mechanisms to promote national, sectoral and cultural sports activities and development in coordination with concerned agencies.
S.18.There are financial assistance programs designed for:
S.18.1. educational loans;
S.18.2. student assistantship;
S.18.3. attendance to seminars, training(sports, leadership,etc);
S.18.4. grants-in-aid; and
S.18.5. other (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The faculty and students are properly informed of the admission guidelines and retention policies.
I.2.The policies and procedures on selection, admission and retention of students are implemented.
I.3.The following student admission records are filled and made available to concerned parties:
I.3.1. enrollment trends;
I.3.2. drop-out rate;
I.3.3. licensure examination results and passing percentage;
I.3.4. employability of graduates;
I.3.5. student transferees; and
I.3.6. student classification by specialization.
I.4.Retention policies are approved by the Academic Council and confirmed by the Board of Regents/Trustees.
I.5.The list of tuition and other school fees is posted conspicuously.
I.6The institution provides access to scholarship and financial assistance.
I.7.Guidelines on scholarship and financial assistance are widely and promptly disseminated.
I.8.Criteria for safety, sanitation and food choices in the school canteen/cafeteria are enforced.
I.9.The institution coordinates with the local government for the safety and sanitation of food service outside the school premises.
I.10.The institution periodically inspects food outlets for sanitation and hygiene. The sanitary permit is displayed in a prominent area of the food outlet.
I.11.The primary health care services are administered to all students by licensed medical, dental and allied professionals.
I.12.Facilities for keeping health care and updated health records of students are adequate and well-maintained.
I.13.Policies and procedures in the selection of student athletes, performers, writes, etc. are implemented.
I.14.Health and related laws, rules and regulations are enforced.
I.15.Licensed and competent security personnel ensure the safety and security of students.
I.16.Earthquake and fire drills involving students, faculty and administrative staff are conducted regularly.
I.17.The institution establishers programs for the students to help in crime prevention, cleanliness and orderliness, observance of a clean and green environment, safety and security of the school premises.
I.18.The institution provides assistance to students on accessible, affordable, clean, conducive to learning, dormitories and housing facilities.
I.19.The institution ensures that the students right to practice his/her religion is respected.
I.20.Submission of required reports on foreign students to concerned government agencies is done, whenever applicable.
I.21.The Code of Conduct for foreign students in the country is enforced.
I.22.The institution accommodates students with special needs.
I.23. There is a regular submission of the list of students with special needs to the CHEDRO describing the institutions intervention programs.
I.24.Sports development programs are regularly conducted.
I.25.The institution ensures opportunities for students to participate in socio and civic action activities.
I.26.The students are converted with Life and Accident Insurance.
I.27.The institution rewards SAS staff for exceptional job performance.
I.28.The institution informs the students and other stakeholders on other related programs and services not cited in CMO No. 9 s. 2013.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The institutional programs and services develop student potentials to the fullest.
PARAMETER E: RESEARCH, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a research program on student affairs and services.
S.2.There is mechanism for monitoring and evaluation of SAS programs.
S.3.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are available.
S.4.There is adequate funding for the conduct of SAS researches and monitoring and evaluation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Researches on student affairs and services are conducted.
I.2.Research results and outputs are disseminated and utilized.
I.3.Regular monitoring and evaluation on the implementation of student services are conducted.
I.4.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are developed, reviewed, and continuously improved.
I.5.Reports are filed and submitted regularly to CHEDRO.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are presented and published.
RESEARCH
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution’s research agenda is in consonance with institutional, regional and national priorities concerned such as DOST, CHED-National Higher Education Research Agenda, NEDA, etc.
S.2. The institution has an approved Research Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The approved Research Agenda is implemented.
I.2.The following stakeholders participate in the formulation of research agenda as bases for identifying institutional thrusts and priorities:
I.2.1. administration;
I.2.2. faculty;
I.2.3. students;
I.2.4. government agency representatives(DOST, CHED, NEDA, etc.); and
I.2.5. other stakeholders(alumni, parents, etc.).
I.3.Action researches to test theory in practice are conducted by faculty and students.
I.4.Team/collaborative and interdisciplinary research is encouraged.
I.5.Research outputs are published in referred national and/or international journals.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority researches are identified and conducted.
O.2.Research results are published.
PARAMETER B: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and adequate budget for research.
S.2.There are provisions for the following
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet, statistical software, and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. research staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials ; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
The institution:
I.1. allocates adequate funds for the conduct of faculty and student research.
I.2.establishes linkages with the local/national/international agencies for funding support and assistance.
I.3.maintains a functional and long-range program of faculty/staff development to enhance research capability and competence.
I.4.encourages the conduct of externally funded researches.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Research Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER C: IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION AND UTILIZATION OF RESEARCH RESULTS /OUTPUTS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of implementation, monitoring, evaluation and utilization of research outputs.
S.2.The institution has a policy on Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution/College/Academic Unit has a Research Unit managed by competent staff.
I.2.The Research Manual provides guidelines and procedures for the administration and conduct of research.
I.3.The faculty conduct applied and operational researches in their fields of specialization in accordance with the thrusts and priorities of the program/institution.
I.4.The instruction provides incentives to faculty research such as honoraria, service credits, deloading, etc.
I.5. The College /Academic Unit requires its students to conduct research, as a course requirement, (whenever applicable)
I.6.The institution provides opportunities for advanced studies and/or training to enhance faculty/staff research competence.
I.7.Completed and on-going research studies are periodically monitored and evaluated in local and regional in-house reviews.
I.8.Research outputs are utilized as inputs in:
I.8.1. institutional development;
I.8.2. the improvement of instructional processes; and
I.8.3. the transfer of generated technology/knowledge to the community.
I.9.Packaged technologies and new information are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate delivery systems.
I.10.The institution ensures that:
I.10.1. research outputs are protected by IPR laws; and
I.10.2. faculty and students observe research ethics to avoid malpractices like plagiarism, fabrication of data, etc.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.implementation, monitoring, evaluation and research utilization of outputs are effective.
PARAMETER D: PUBLICATION AND DISSEMINATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has an approved and copyrighted Research Journal.
S.2.The institution has incentives for:
S.2.1. paper presentations;
S.2.2. journal publication;
S.2.3. outstanding research related performance; and
S.2.4. patented outputs.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The institution provides opportunities for the dissemination of research results in fora, conferences, seminars, and other related means.
I.2.The institution regularly publishes a research journal.
I.3.Library exchange of research publications with other HEI’s and agencies is maintained.
I.4.Research manuscripts/technical reports are well-written, and edited following the institutional format.
I.5.The institution supports the researchers in all of the following activities:
I.5.1. Instructional Materials Development;
I.5.2. paper presentations, journal publication, classroom lectures, and other similar activities;
I.5.3. editorship/writing in academic, scientific and professional journals;
I.5.4. thesis/dissertation advising; and
I.5.5. patenting of research outputs.
I.6.Research results are published preferably in referred journals.
I.7.Research results are disseminated to the target clientele.
I.8.The College/Academic Unit generates income from patents, licenses, copyrights, and other research outputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are published in refereed journals.
O.2.Research outputs are utilized.
O.3.Patented and copyrighted research outputs are commercialized.
EXTENSION AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
PPP
Compliance Report
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The extension agenda is in consonance of local, regional and national development thrusts and priorities.
S.2. The College/Academic Unit has a benchmark survey of the problems, needs priorities and resources of the community.
S.3. The extension program reflects the VMGO.
S.4. There is a pool of consultants/experts from various disciplines to serve in extension projects and activities.
S.5. The institution has an approved and copyrighted Extension Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The extension projects and activities implemented are based on the results of the benchmark survey.
I.2. The extension projects and activities complement the curriculum of the Electrical Engineering program under review.
I.3. A mutual exchange of resources and services between the College/Academic Unit and the community is evident.
I.4. Linkages with local, national, foreign, and non-governmental agencies are institutionalized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority and relevant extension projects and activities are conducted.
PARAMETER B: PLANNING, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a distinct office that manages the Extension Program.
S.2. Instruments for monitoring and evaluation are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The administration, faculty, students and other stakeholders of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering participate in the planning and organization of Extension Program
I.2. The administration, faculty and students are involved in the implementation and dissemination of extension programs.
I.3. The extension projects and activities serve varied clientele.
I.4. The conduct of extension projects and activities is sustainable.
I.5. Technologies/new knowledge are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate extension delivery systems.
I.6. The extension activities are documented in the form of :
I.6.1. pamphlets;
I.6.2. flyers;
I.6.3. bulletins;
I.6.4. newletters; and
I.6.5. electronic resources.
I.7. Periodic monitoring and evaluation of extension projects and activities are conducted.
I.8. Results of monitoring and evaluation are disseminated and discussed with concerned stakeholders.
I.9. Re-planning of activities based on feedback is conducted.
I.10. Accomplishment and terminal reports are filed and submitted on time.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is well-planned , implemented, monitored, evaluated and disseminated.
O.2. The Extension Program has contributed to the improvement on the quality of life of the target clientele/beneficiaries.
PARAMETER C: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an approved and adequate budget for extension.
S.2. There is a provision of:
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. extension staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The budget for the extension program is utilized as planned.
I.2. Honoraria and other incentives(deloading, credit unit equivalent, etc.)to faculty involved in extension work are granted.
I.3. The College /Academic Unit of sources out the following from other agencies:
I.3.1. additional funding; and
I.3.2. technical assistance and service inputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER D: COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AND PARTICIPATION IN THE INSTITUTION’S ACTIVITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a strategy for involving the community, government and private agencies in the Extension Program.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The College/Academic Unit is committed to the service and development of the community, and
I.1.1. initiates and maintains community development projects;
I.1.2. involves the students, faculty, staff administrators in the projects; and
I.1.3. coordinates its community programs and services with the target clientele.
I.2. There is community participation and involvement in extension activities in the following:
I.2.1. planning;
I.2.2. implementation and dissemination;
I.2.3. monitoring and evaluation;
I.2.4. out-sourcing of funds, materials and other service inputs; and
I.2.5. utilization of technology, knowledge learned , skills acquired from the extension projects and activities.
LIBRARY
PARAMETER A: ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The organization structure of the library is well-defined.
S.2. The development of the library goals and objectives is the responsibility of the library head and staff with the approval of the Head of the institution.
S.3.There is a Library Board/Committee which sets library policies, rules and procedures and periodically reviews them.
S.4.There js a duly approved and widely disseminated Library Manual or written policies and procedures covering the library’s internal administration and operation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The library develops an explicit statement of its goals and objectives in conformity with the mandate of the institution.
I.2.The library is administered and supervised by:
I.2.1. a full-time professional licensed librarian; and
I.2.2. at least a master’s degree holder in MS Library and Information Science or MAEd/MA in Library Science.
I.3.The Head Librarian directs and supervises the total operation of the library and is responsible for the administration of its resource and services.
I.4.The Head Librarian, preferarbly with an academic rank, actively participates in the academic and administrative activities of the institution.
I.5.The annual accomplishments and other reports of the library are prompty submitted to the higher offices concerned.
I.6.A Library Development Plan is prepared in consultation with the institution’s officials and stakeholders.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The goals and objectives of the Library are satisfactorily attained.
O.2.The library organizational structure is well-designed and effectively implemented.
PARAMETER B: ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The library has staff with the following qualifications.
S.1.1. BS in Library and Information Science for the College/Academic Unit Library; and
S.1.2. MS in Library and Information Science or MAED/MA in Library Science) for the institution.
S.2.1. one(1) Licensed Librarian with two (2) full time staff for the first 500-student population; and
S.2.2. one(1) additional full time Professional Librarian with one (1) full time staff for every additional 1,000 students.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The librarians are qualified.
PARAMETER C: COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION AND PRESERVATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a written Collection Development Policy.
S.2.There is a core collection of at least:
S.2.1. 5,000 titles of the Academic Unit Library; or
S.2.2. 10,000 titles that support the instruction, research and other programs for an institution Library.
S.3.Twenty percent (20%) of the library holdings are of current edition, i.e. with copyright within the last 5 years.
S.4.The Non-print, digital and electronic resources are available.
S.5.There is an integrated library system.
S.6.There are provisions for the preservation, general care, and upkeep of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Collection Development Policy is regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Library Committee.
I.2.The library collection and services support the mission and vision of the institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
I.3.The library provides, sufficient research books and materials to supplement the client’s curricular needs.
I.4.The library maintains an extensive (15% of the total) Filipiniana collection.
I.5.The library provides 3-5 book/journal titles for professional subjects in the major fields of specialization.
I.6.The Library collection is organized according to an accepted scheme of classification and standard code of cataloging.
I.7.Regular weeding-out program is conducted to maintain a relevant and updated collection.
I.8.The quality and quantity of library materials and resources conform with the standards set for a particular academic program.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library core collection is adequate, updated and well-balanced.
O.2.The professional books, journals and electronic resources for the program are sufficient.
PARAMETER D: SERVICES AND UTILIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library has information services pertinent to the institution’s requirements.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The following services/programs are provided:
I.1.1. functional and interactive library web page;
I.1.2. integrated library system;
I.1.3. on-line public access (OPAC);
I.1.4. circulation on-line;
I.1.5. computerized cataloging;
I.1.6. inventory reporting;
I.1.7. serials control;
I.1.8. internet searching;
I.1.9. CD-ROM;
I.1.10. on-line database;
I.1.11. photocopying; and
I.1.12. bar coding.
I.2.The library opens at least 54 hours per week for the College/Academic Unit or 60 hours per week for the institution.
I.3.The library promotes and disseminates its program through a regular announcement of its new acquisition of print materials(books,journals, magazines), resources, facilities, and services.
I.4.Librarians and staff are available during library hours to assist and provide library services.
I.5.Statistical data on the utilization of various resources and services are compiled and used to improve the library collection and operations.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library services are efficiently and effectively provided.
O.2.The library users are satisfied with library services.
PARAMETER E: PHYSICAL SET-UP AND FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
Location and site
S.1.The library is strategically located and accessible to students, faculty and other clientele.
S.2.The library is systematically planned to allow future expansion.
Space Requirement
S.3.The size of the library meets standard requirements considering the present enrollment and future expansion.
S.4.The reading room can accommodate at least 10% of the school enrollment at any given time.
S.5.Space is provided for print resources as well as workstations for electronic resources.
S.6.Space is provided for the librarian’s office, staff room, technical room, etc.
S.7.Ramps for the physically disabled as provided.
Furniture and Equipment
S.8.The library meets the required and standard-sized furniture and equipment.
S.9.The following library furniture and equipment are available:
S.9.1. adjustable/movable shelves;
S.9.2. magazine display shelves;
S.9.3. newspaper racks;
S.9.4. standard tables and chairs;
S.9.5. carrels for individual study;
S.9.6. desks and chairs for staff;
S.9.7. charging desk;
S.9.8. dictionary stand;
S.9.9. atlas stand;
S.9.10. bulletin boards and display cabinets;
S.9.11. vertical file cabinets;
S.9.12. book racks;
S.9.13. map stands/cabinets;
S.9.14. cardex/rotadex or any filing equipment for periodical records;
S.9.15. typerwriters;
S.9.16. computers with printers; and
S.9.17. other (please specify)________________.
Physical Provisions for Reading
S.10.The library is well lighted.
S.11.The library is well-ventilated.
S.12.The atmosphere is conducive to learning.
Security/Control
S.13.Fire extinguishers and a local fire alarm system are available.
S.14.The library employs a system for security and control of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. IT Software and multi-media equipment are utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The environment in the library is conducive to learning.
O.2.The library facilities are well-maintained and aesthetically designed.
PARAMETER F: FINANCIAL SUPPORT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a regular and realistic budget for the library.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The Head Librarian and staff, in coordination with other officials of the institution, prepare and manage the annual library budget.
I.2.All fees and funds allocated for library resources and services are utilized solely for such purposes and are properly audited.
I.3.Other sources of financial assistance are sought.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The financial support from fiduciary, supplemental and external funds is adequate.
PARAMETER G: LINKAGES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library is on the mailing list of agencies, foundations, etc., for exchange of publications and other books and journals donations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Linkages with other institutions and funding agencies are explored and established for the purposes of enhancing library facilities and resources.
I.2.The library establishes consortia, networking and resource sharing with other institutions and library collaborative activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Library resource sharing and linkages are well-established.
PHYSICAL PLANT AND FACILITIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: CAMPUS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 There is a Site Development Plan, ang program of implementation.
S.2. The Campus has accessible good roads and pathways.
S.3. The campus is in a well-planned , clean and properly landscaped environment.
S.4. There is a system to ensure that all of the following are provided:
S.4.1. traffic safety in and outside the campus;
S.4.2. waste management program;
S.4.3. proper utilization , repair and upkeep of school facilities and equipment; and
S.4.4. cleanliness and orderliness of the school campus.
S.5. An area for outdoor educational activities, e.g. social, physical, athletic, cultural, military training, etc. Exists.
S.6. There is a campus security unit that ensures safety of the academic community.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The site infrastructure development plan is implemented as planned.
I.2. The site plan is strategically displayed inside the campus indicating the location of the different buildings, driveways, parking areas, etc.
I.3. The infrastructure development plan is implemented in accordance with approved zoning ordinances.
I.4. Covered walks are provided to protect the academic community from inclement weather.
I.5. The institution implements a Waste Management Program.
I.6. The Maintenance Unit or its equivalent periodically inspects school facilities and equipment to ensure their proper utilization and upkeep.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Campus environment is conducive to all educational activities.
O.2. The site can accommodate its present school population and future expansion.
O.3. The campus is safe and well-maintained.
O.4. The campus is well-planned, clean and properly landscaped.
PARAMETER B: BUILDINGS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The buildings meet all requirements of the Building Code. A Certificate of Occupancy for each building is conspicuously displayed.
S.2. The buildings are constructed according to their respective uses.
S.3. The buildings are well-planned and appropriately located to provide for future expansion.
S.4. Entry and exit points permit the use of the buildings for public and other functions with minimum interference to school activities.
S.5. Emergency exits are provided and properly marked.
S.6. The buildings are equipped with emergency/fire escapes which are readily accessible.
S.7. The corridors, doorways, and alleys are well-constructed for better mobility.
S.8. The buildings are well-ventilated and lighted.
S.9. The buildings have facilities for persons with disability (PWDs) as provided by law.
S.10. There is a central signal and fire alarm system.
S.11. There are readily accessible and functional fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment.
S.12. Bulletin boards, display boards, waste disposal containers and other amenities are strategically located inside the buildings.
S.13. There are faculty rooms and offices.
S.14. The buildings are insured.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The buildings are clean, well-maintained and free from vandalistic acts.
I.2. Toilets are clean and well-maintained.
I.3. Electrical lines are safety installed and periodically checked.
I.4. Water facilities are functional and well-distributed in all buildings.
I.5. There is a periodic potability testing of drinking water.
I.6. Floor plans indicating fire exits and location of fire fighting equipment, stand pipes , and other water resources are conspicuously displayed in each building.
I.7. All school facilities are periodically subjected to pest control and inspection.
I.8. Smoking is strictly prohibited inside the campus.
I.9. Periodic drill on disaster and risk reduction (earthquake, flood, fire etc.) is conducted.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The buildings and other facilities are safe, well-maintained and functional.
PARAMETER C: CLASSROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Classrooms size (1.5 sq.m. per student) meets standard specifications for instruction.
S.2. The classrooms are well-lighted, ventilated and acoustically conditioned.
S.3. The classrooms are adequate and are provided with enough chairs, furniture and equipment.
S.4. There are sufficient supplies (chalkboards/whiteboards, and instructional materials) in each classroom.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The classrooms are clearly marked and arranged relative to their functions.
I.2. The classrooms are well-maintained and free from interference.
I.3. Students cooperate in maintaining the cleanliness and orderliness of the classrooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Classrooms are adequate and conducive to learning.
PARAMETER D: OFFICES AND STAFF ROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The administrative offices are accessible to stakeholders.
S.2. All offices are accessible and conveniently located in accordance to their functions.
S.3. There are offices and workspaces for all officials, faculty and administrative staff.
S.4. Administration and faculty offices and staff rooms are clean, well-lighted and ventilated.
S.5. Function rooms and lounge are available and accessible.
S.6. Storerooms are strategically located.
S.7. There is internal and external communication system.
S.8. There are clean toilets for administrators, faculty, staff, and students.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. All offices are furnished with the necessary equipment, furniture, supplies and materials.
I.2. All offices are well-maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The offices and staff rooms are adequate and conducive to working environment.
PARAMETER E: ASSEMBLY, ATHLETIC AND SPORTS FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Function rooms for holding meetings, conferences, convocations and similar activities are sufficient.
S.2. Facilities for athletic sports, cultural activities, military training, etc. are accessible.
S.3. The seating capacity conforms to standards.
S.4. There are adequate and well-marked entry and exit points.
S.5. There are storage facilities for athletic sports and other curricular training equipment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Indoor facilities are constructed with:
I.1.1. appropriate flooring;
I.1.2. proper lighting and ventilation;
I.1.3. safety measures;
I.1.4. toilets;
I.1.5. functional drinking facilities; and
I.1.6. enough chairs.
I.2. The constructed outdoor facilities are:
I.2.1. free from hazards;
I.2.2. suitably surfaced floor;
I.2.3. appropriately laid out for a variety of activities;
I.2.4. properly maintained and secured; and
I.2.5. installed with drainage system.
I.3. Assembly, athletic sports and cultural facilities are sufficient and varied to meet the requirements of the institution.
I.4. Audio-visual room and facilities with appropriate equipment are utilized in support of the teaching-learning such as but not limited to video/ overhead/ slide projector, sound system, LCD projectors and screens.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Indoor and outdoor facilities are well-equipped and properly maintained.
PARAMETER F: MEDICAL AND DENTAL CLINIC
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Medical and Dental Clinic has basic facilities such as: reception area, records section, examination/treatment room and toilets.
S.2. The institution has functional medical and dental section/area.
S.3. Potable water is available and sufficient.
S.4. Medical and dental equipment are provided.
S.5. There are enough medical and dental supplies and materials.
S.6. Storage facilities(refrigerator, steel cabinets,etc.) are available.
S.7. Medical and dental supplies and materials are properly labeled.
S.8. The following basic medical equipment and medicines are all available:
S.8.1. emergency medicines;
S.8.2. ambobag;
S.8.3. oxygen tank;
S.8.4. intravenous fluid;
S.8.5. sphygmomanometer(at least 2 sets);
S.8.6. thermometer(at least 10 pcs);
S.8.7. diagnostic sets;
S.8.8. stethoscope(at least 2 units);
S.8.9. treatment cart; and
S.8.10. nebulizer.
S.9. The following basic dental equipment and apparatuses are available:
S.9.1. dental chair;
S.9.2. autoclave(sterilizer);
S.9.3. medical supplies;
S.9.4. filling instruments; and
S.9.5. basic instruments (forceps ,mouth mirror, cotton fliers, explorer, etc).
S.10. The Medical/Dental Clinic has ample space, adequate lighting and ventilation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Medical and Dental Clinics are managed by qualified medical and dental officers.
I.2. Distinct rooms and storage areas are properly labeled.
I.3. Medical and dental services are regularly monitored and evaluated.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The medical, dental clinic and services are functional.
PARAMETER G: STUDENT CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Center with supplies and materials.
S.2. Policies and guidance on the proper utilization of Student Center are in place.
S.3. The student Center is well-lighted and ventilated.
S.4. A conference room is available for student’s use.
S.5. There are facilities and equipment for table games, music appreciation, and TV or video viewing.
S.6. Clean and sanitary toilets, for men separate from those of women are available.
S.7. Toilet fixtures for students with special needs from PWD’s are provided.
S.8. There are offices for student leaders, the editorial staff of the student publication and the officers of other student organizations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Student activities at the Student Center are regularly conducted and monitored.
I.2. The Student Center is properly maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Student Center is fully equipped and functional.
PARAMETER H: FOOD SERVICES/CANTEEN/CAFETERIA
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The canteen/ cafeteria is well-lighted, ventilated, screened and provided with potable water supply.
S.2. There are enough:
S.2.1. cooking and preparatory equipment;
S.2.2. serving tools and utensils;
S.2.3. cleaning supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. dining tables and chairs.
S.3. Wash area and toilets are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution requires business and sanitary permits for the operation of the Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen.
I.2. Food served is varied, nutritious, safe and sold at affordable price.
I.3. The Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen is well-managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.4. Cleanliness and orderliness are enforced.
I.5. The food services are prompt.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Canteen/Cafeteria/Food Center is well-patronized.
O.2. The food services generate income for the institution.
PARAMETER I: ACCREDITATION CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Accreditation Center (AC) is accessible and conveniently located.
S.2. The AC has the following equipment and fixtures:
S.2.1. working tables and chairs;
S.2.2. cabinets for display and filing;
S.2.3. good ventilation and lighting;
S.2.4. computer unit;
S.2.5. toilets; and
S.2.6. lounge.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution/College/Academic Unit maintains the AC with the required resources, furniture , and documents.
I.2. The AC is managed by a qualified and committed staff/faculty.
I.3. Required documents/information and exhibits are updated, systematically packaged and readily available.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The AC is well-equipped and managed.
PARAMETER J: HOUSING(optional)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are dormitories and housing facilities for students, faculty and staff.
S.2. There is an implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for in-campus housing services.
S.3. There is a system of coordinating with the LGU’s on privately owned boarding houses.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The housing facilities functionally designed.
I.2. The housing facilities and surroundings are properly maintained and monitored.
I.3. The IRR on housing services is strictly followed (e.g. Dormitory fees, etc.).
I.4. The institution coordinates with LGU’s and owners of private boarding houses.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The housing facilities are safe, habitable and well-maintained.
O.2. There is wholesome coordination among the institution, the LGU’s and the owners of private boarding houses.
LABORATORIES
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: LABORATORIES, SHOPS ANDFACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The laboratory layout conforms to acceptable standards (RA 6541-National Building Code of the Philippines/PD 856 “Code of Sanitation of the Philippines) and to particular needs of the Electrical Engineering program
S.2. Rooms have lightings conform to the standard requirements of fluorescent bulbs relative to the size of the room
S.3. The laboratories are properly lighted and well-ventilated.
S.4. Each laboratory room has at least two exit doors that open outward.
S.5. There is a laboratory for shop work for specific technologies.
S.6. There is a computer laboratory with at least 15 usable computer units and a printer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Furniture/equipment arrangement allows free mobility and enables students to work comfortably without interference.
I.2. Safety and precautionary measures are implemented
I.3. Usable fire extinguishers are accessible to staff and students.
I.4. Laboratory Operations Manuals for the faculty and students are provided in each laboratory.
I.5. Demonstrations and training are periodically conducted on the proper use of fire extinguishers, first-aid kit and other emergency measures.
I.6. A well-equiped first-aid kit, charts for antidotes and neutralizing solutions are made available in each laboratory room.
I.7. A student’s access to a computer is at least 15 hours per term subject.
I.8. Appropriate laboratories for general subjects are adequately equipped and well-maintained.
I.9. A well-equpped Multimedia Center is maintained.
I.10. Gas, water and electricity are utilized for class laboratory activities.
I.11. A demonstration table, equipped with sink, water, electrical and gas outlets , is utilized.
I.12. Laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are kept in separate stock rooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are well-equipped, functional and are conducive to learning.
PARAMETER B: EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The equipment, instruments, supplies, and materials in the classrooms are available in the laboratories and shops
S.2. Apparatuses, tools and materials conform with the standard required for the subject in accordance with the CMO of the program.
S.2.1 List of required laboratory equipment/apparatus for General Education Laboratory(Required Quantitiy is based on a class size of 25 students)
S.2.1.1.1. alligator Clip (10 pcs)
S.2.1.1.2. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.3. burner (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.4. conductivity apparatus (1 set)
S.2.1.1.5. distillation apparatus(1 set)
S.2.1.1.6 evaporating Dish (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.7. filter stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.8. glass Funnel (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.9. glass tubing (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.10. gradtuated Cylinder (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.11. petri dish (5pcs)
S.2.1.1.12. sand bag (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.13. syrige (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.14. test tube (50 pcs)
S.2.1.1.15. thermometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.1.16. triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2. Physical 1 Laboratory
S.2..1.2.1. Atwood’s machine (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.2. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.3. Blackwood ballistic pendulum (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.4. centriped force apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.5. clamp (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.6. cutter blade (5pcs)
S.2..1.2.7. demonstration balance (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.8. dynamic cart (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.9. force frame (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.10. force table (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.11. free fall apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.12. friction block with different surfaces (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.13. friction board with pulley (5 pcs)
S.2..1.2.14. frictionless dynamic track (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.15. glass plate (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.16. Hooke’s Law apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.17. hydrometer jar (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.18. Inverted U-tube (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.19. linear air track with blower and trolley (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.20. masses (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.21. metal balls of diferrent size (12 pcs)
S.2.1.2.22. metal stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.23. meter stick (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.24. micrometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.25. Mohr-Wespal Balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.26. plane board with stand (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.27. platform/triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.28. protractor (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.29. ramp/launcher (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.30. rubber hammer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.31. ruler (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.32. scissors (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.33. slotted masses,5-500 g ( 5 sets)
S.2.1.2.34. sonometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.35. spring balance (15 pcs)
S.2.1.2.36. support rod (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.37. timer/stopwatch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.38. turning forks of three diff. frequencies
S.2.1.2.39. vernier caliper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.2.40. weight holder (15 pcs)
S.2.1.2.41. wooden cart (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3. Physical 2 Laboratory
S.2.1.3.1. 15 cm focal length concave lens
S.2.1.3.2. 15 cm focal length convex lens
S.2.1.3.3. 1-m slide wire/Wheatstone bridge
S.2.1.3.4. 5 cm focal length spherical mirror
S.2.1.3.5. bar magnets (10 pcs)
S.2.1.3.6. Basins (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.7. beaker (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.8. beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.9. bread board (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.10. Bridging plugs/ connecting wires(10 stes)
S.2.1.3.11. Calorimeter (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.12. coil (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.13. Compass (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.14. component holder (15 pcs)
S.2.1.3.15. Connectors (5 sets)
S.2.1.3.16. crossed arrow target (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.17. cylindrical lens (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.18. DC power supply (5pcs)
S.2.1.3.19. electri calorimeter (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.20. fixed capacitor (330 microfarad) (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.21. fixed resistors (25 pcs)
S.2.1.3.22. fluorescent lamp (2 sets)
S.2.1.3.23. frame for bar magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.24. Galvanometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.25. horseshoe magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.26. jumper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.27. light source,(Sodium/mercury lamps (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.28. Mechanical equivalent of heat apparatus
S.2.1.3.29. metal conductor with insulated handle (2 sets)
S.2.1.3.30. natural magnets (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.31. Ohmmeter/VOM (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.32. optic bench (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.33. panel board/circuit board (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.34. parallel ray lens (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.35. power supply/sourse (5 sets)
S.2.1.3.36. ray optics mirror (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.37. ray table and base (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.38. reversing switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.39. rheostat (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.40. slit mask (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.42. solenoid (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.43. SPDT switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.44. SPST switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.45. steam generator (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.46. Stirrer ( 5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.47. stopwatch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.48. switch (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.49. Testla meter/ tangent galvanometer (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.50. thermal expansion apparatus (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.51. triple beam balance (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.52. U-tube (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.53. Van de Graff generator (2 pcs)
S.2.1.3.54. vernier caliper (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.55. viewing screen (5 pcs)
S.2.1.3.56. VOM multi-tester (10 pcs)
S.2.2. List of required laboratory matreials for General Education Laboraory (Required Quantity is based on a class size of 25 students)
S.2.2.1. General Chemistry Laboratory Materials
S.2.2.1.1. Activated charcoal ( 5g )
S.2.2.1.2 Al strips ( 5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.3. Alcohol ( 30 ml )
S.2.2.1.4. Battery (5 pcs )
S.2.2.1.5. Cu strips ( 5 pcs )
S.2.2.1.6. CuSo4 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.7. Electrolyte solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.8. FeCl3 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.9. Fe(NO3)3 solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.10. food color (5 g)
S.2.2.1.11. HCI Solution ( 80 ml)
S.2.2.1.12. Hexane (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.13. I2 crystals (8g)
S.2.2.1.14. KCIO3 solid (3 g)
S.2.2.1.15. KMnO4 (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.16. KSCN solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.17. KCI solution ( 25 ml)
S.2.2.1.18. Mg strips (5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.19. Mg ribbon (5 pcs)
S.2.2.1.20. NaCI (5 g)
S.2.2.1.21. NaCI solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.22. NaOH solution (25 ml)
S.2.2.1.23. NH4 OH (5ml)
S.2.2.1.24. Oil (5ml)
S.2.2.1.25. Pb(NO3)2 solution ( 25 ml)
S.2.2.1.26. staple wire (1 box)
S.2.2.1.27. Sugar ( 10g)
S.2.2.1.28. Urea (5 g)
S.2.2.1.29. Zn strips ( 10 pcs)
S.2.2.1.30. Zn(No3)2 (25 ml)
S.2.2.2. Physical 1 & 2 Laboratory Materials
S.2.2.2.1. alluminum foil ( 2 rolls)
S.2.2.2.2. carbon paper (30 pcs)
S.2.2.2.3. conducting paper ( 30 pcs)
S.2.2.2.4. dry cell (5 pcs)
S.2.2.2.5. masking tape ( 2 rolls)
S.2.2.2.6. string ( 15 pcs)
S.2.2.2.7. tissue paper ( 2 rolls)
S.3. Varied computer software is available
S.4. The computers conform to generally accepted industry standards and be capable of providing in the micro, mid-range, or main-frame environments
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Equipment are well-maintained.
I.2. Laboratory supplies and materials are wisely utilized.
I.3. Licensed computer software are installed and utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are sufficient and wisely utilized.
PARAMETER C: MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. A laboratory technician/assistant is available for the proper upkeep of the laboratory.
S.2. The institution has a Maintenance and Repair Department/Unit managed by skilled staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution keeps the laboratories neat, clean and orderly.
I.2. There is regular replenishment/replacement pf laboratory supplies and materials.
I.3. The inventory of laboratory facilities and equipment is systematically and periodically conducted.
I.4. The laboratory equipment/instruments are in good condition and are periodically calibrated.
I.5. All equipment are coded, listed and inventoried.
I.6. Waste disposal is efficiently and effectively managed.
I.7. The following are properly maintained by trained staff/technicians:
I.7.1. shops;
I.7.2. computer laboratory;
I.7.3. multi-media center/educational technology center;
I.7.4. research facility;and
I.7.5. general education laboratory;
I.7.5.1. natural science/physical science;
I.7.5.2. speech laboratory; and
I.7.5.3. physical education; and
I.7.5.4. others(please specify)________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are functional and properly maintained.
PARAMETER D: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Specific program requirements (listing of materials and equipment as per CMO 34 s 2008) are in accordance with guidelines/policies embodied in issurances, e.g. CMOs.
List of required laboratory equipment/apparatuses (The minimum required quantity is based on class size of 25)
Allied Subjects
S.2. Feedback and Control System Laboratory
S.2.1. computer workstation (5sets)
S.2.2. control system software ( 5 sets)
S.3. Principles of Communication Laboratory
S.3.1. AM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.2. AM Receiver Module, AM29618 (5pcs)
S.3.3. Amplitude Modulation(AM) Module (5pcs)
S.3.4. breadboard (5pcs)
S.3.5. capacitors, 1 nf (5pcs)
S.3.6. carbon resistors, 10 Kq (5pcs)
S.3.7. conecting wires (5pcs)
S.3.8. DC sourse (2pcs)
S.3.9. FM Generator Module (5pcs)
S.3.10. FM Receiver Module (5 pcs)
S.3.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.3.12. multimeter (5 pcs)
S.3.13. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.3.14. oscilloscope probes (5 pcs)
S.3.15. personal computer (5 sets)
S.3.16. power supply,+/-15V DC regulated ( 5 pcs)
S.3.17. Practical Electronics Trainer (5 pcs)
S.3.18. software for simulation of AM(5pcs)
S.3.19. Tuned Circuits and Filter Module (5pcs)
S.3.20. Two-channel oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4 Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 1)
S.4.1. analog multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.2. breadboard (5pcs)
S.4.3. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.4. desktop computer (5 pcs)
S.4.5. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.4.6. FET fundamentals circuits board with power supply (5pcs)
S.4.7. function generator (5 pcs)
S.4.8. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.4.9. semiconductor devices circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.4.10. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5. Electronic Devices and Circuits (Electronic 2)
S.5.1. breadboard (5 pcs)
S.5.2. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.3. Digital Circuit Training Module (5 pcs)
S.5.4. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.5.5. function generator (5 pcs)
S.5.6. operational amplifier circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.7. oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.5.8. transistor amplifier circuit board with power supply (5 pcs)
S.5.9. transistor feedback circuit board (5 pcs)
S.5.10. VOM (5pcs)
S.6. Industrial Electronics
S.6.1. breadboard (10pcs)
S.6.1. capacitors (10pcs)
S.6.3. DC motor (5pcs)
S.6.4. DC power supply (5 pcs)
S.6.5. Filter Experimental Module (5pcs)
S.6.6. function generation (5pcs)
S.6.7. lamp (10 pcs)
S.6.8. laser diode (10 pcs)
S.6.9. LED (10 pcs)
S.6.10. multimeter (5pcs)
S.6.11. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.12. oscilloscope (5pcs)
S.6.13. PC Workstation (5 units)
S.6.14. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.15. photodiode (10 pcs)
S.6.16. PLC Training Module with simulation software for PLC (5pcs)
S.6.17. potentiometers (10pcs)
S.6.19. regulated variable DC power supply (5pcs)
S.6.20. SCRs (10pcs)
S.6.21. signal generator (5pcs)
S.6.22. SPST switches (10pcs)
S.6.23. Transducers and Transmitter Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.6.24. TRIACs (10pcs)
S.6.25. UJTs (10pcs)
S.7. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.1. l/O board (5p[cs)
S.7.2. Microprocessor Trainer (5pcs)
S.7.3. stepper motor (5pcs)
S.8. Numerical Methods with Computer Application
S.8.1. PC with software for mathematical computation and programming (5pcs)
S.9. Electric Circuit 1
S.9.1. analog/digital DC ammeter (15pcs)
S.9.2. analog/digital DC mialliammeter (5pcs)
S.9.3. analog/digital DC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.9.4. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.9.5. analog/digital wattmeter (5pcs)
S.9.6. calibrated potentiometer (5pcs)
S.9.7. Circuit Training Kit/Module (5pcs)
S.9.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.9.9. rheostat(variable resistor) (15pcs)
S.9.10. square wave generator (5pcs)
S.9.11. strain gauge (95pcs)
S.9.12. variable capacitive load (5pcs)
S.9.13. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.9.14. variable resisteve load (5pcs)
S.9.15. variable/fixed DC regulated power supply(5pcs)
S.10. Electric Circuits 2
S.10.1. AC ammeter (20pcs)
S.10.2. AC milliameter (10 pcs)
S.10.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.4. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.10.5. calibrated potentiometer (10pcs)
S.10.6. capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.7. circuit training kit/module (5pcs)
S.10.8. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.10.9. dual trace oscilloscope (5 pcs)
S.10.10. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.10.11. function generator (5 pcs)
S.10.12. lnductive load (5pcs)
S.10.13. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.10.14. variable inductive load (5pcs)
S.10.15. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.10.16. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.11.3. Electric Circuits3
S.11.1. 3-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.2. AC voltmeter (30 pcs)
S.11.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.11.4. Analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.11.5. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.11.6. fixed capacitors ( 15 pcs)
S.11.7. fixed inductor ( 15 pcs)
S.11.8. fixed resistor (15 pcs)
S.11.9. freeware for circuit analysis (5 sets)
S.11.10. lamp load (15 pcs)
S.11.11. rheostat ( 10 pcs)
S.11.12. single-phase capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.11.13. single-phase inductive load (5 pcs)
S.11.14. single-phase wattmeter (15 pcs)
S.11.15. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.11.16. two winding transformer (5 units)
S.11.17. variable capacitor ( 15 pcs)
S.12. Electrical Equipment of Operation and Maintanance
S.12.1. 3- phase SCIM
S.12.2. 3-phase or 1-phase DC servo motor(5 pcs)
S.12.3. 3-phase or 1-phase SCR motor drive(5 units)
S.12.4. 3-phase transformer ( 10 units)
S.12.5. 3-pole,6A TOR(5 pcs)
S.12.6. 3-pole,9A contactor (5 pcs)
S.12.7. 3-pole,9A MCCB (5 pcs)
S.12.8. 4PDT control relay ( 5 pcs)
S.12.9. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.12.10. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.12.11. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.12.12. Auto-transformer with available secondary taps (60%,70% & 85 %) (10 units)
S.12.13. connecting wires (5 sets)
S.12.14. DC ammeter ( 5 units)
S.12.15. DC shunt motor ( 5 units)
S.12.16. digital multimeter (5 pcs)
S.12.17. disconnect switch, 3-pole,32A(5 pcs)
S.12.18. DMM ( 5 pcs)
S.12.19. electronic control ATS( 5 pcs)
S.12.20. electronic timer ( 5 pcs)
S.12.21. external power resistors (R=25%Ra, 50%Ra, 100Ra%) power rating of motor (10 pcs)
S.12.22. inventer motor drive ( variable frequency) ( 5 units)
S.12.23. momentary switch ( 5 pcs)
S.12.24. power factor meter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.25. RMS AC ammeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.26. RMS AC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.27. single phasae AC power supply (5 units )
S.12.28. single-phase two-winding transformer (30 units)
S.12.29. tachmoter ( 5 pcs)
S.12.30. three-phase inductive load(1 pc)
S.12.31. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.32. torque controller with indicator ( 5 units)
S.12.33. two-winding transformer ( 5 units)
S.12.34. universal motor controller (UMC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.35. variable autotransform (VARIAC) ( 5 pcs)
S.12.36. variable capacitive load (5 pcs)
S.12.37. variable inductive load (15 pcs)
S.12.38. variable resistive load (15pcs)
S.12.39. wattmeter (5pcs)
S.13. AC and DC Machinery
S.13.1. AC ammeter (30 pcs)
S.13.2. AC series motor and white torque dics ( 5 units )
S.13.3. AC voltmeter (5pcs)
S.13.4. AC wattmeter (10 pcs)
S.13.5. analog/digital multimeter (5pcs)
S.13.6. cage-rotor induction machine ( 5 units)
S.13.7. connecting wires (10 sets)
S.13.8. DC ammeter (10 pcs)
S.13.9. DC compound machine ( 20 units )
S.13.10. DC power supply (10 pcs)
S.13.11. DC volmeter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.12. direct-on-line starter ( 5 units)
S.13.13. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.14. freeware for analysis of AC machines characteristics & performance
S.13.15. geenral purpose rheostat (10 pcs)
S.13.16. phase sequence indicator ( 5 units)
S.13.17. rheostat (20 pcs)
S.13.18. single-phase AC power supply ( 5 units)
S.13.19. slip ring machine ( 5 units)
S.13.20. synchroscope ( 5 units)
S.13.21. three-phase capacitive load( 5 units)
S.13.22. three-phase inductive load( 5 units)
S.13.23. three-phase power supply (5 units)
S.13.24. three-phase resistive load ( 5 units)
S.13.25. torque meter ( 5 pcs)
S.13.26. variable resistive load (20 pcs)
S.14. Instrumentation and Control
S.14.1. adjustable DC power supply ( 5 pcs)
S.14.2. digital multi-meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.3. Experimental Module for sensors, transducers, transmitters and actuators ( 5 pcs)
S.14.4. Flow rate and level Measurement Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.5. On-off control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.6. oscilloscope with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.7. PID Comtroller with connectors ( 5 sets)
S.14.8. power meter ( 5 pcs)
S.14.9. Pressure Control Training Module ( 5 sets)
S.14.10. RLC meter ( 1 pc)
S.14.11. Training Module for analog data acquisiton, conversion, and digital data recording and retrieveal ( 5 sets)
S.14.12. VOM (5 pcs)
S.15. There is an approval project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP).
S.16. There is an approval Annual Procurement Plan (APP) for laboratory equipment, supplies and matrials.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the special provisions as listed in the CMO 34 s 2008.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. special provision in the CMO 34 s 2008 of the program are complied with.
ADMINISTRATION
PPP
COMPLIANCE REPORT
PARAMETER A: ORGANIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution has an organizational structure approved by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
S.2. Every office/unit in the organizational structure has functions approved by the BOR/BOT.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution is subdivided into administrative units in accordance with the organizational structure.
I.2. The functions, duties and responsibilities of administrative personnel/staff in each unit/office are identified and carried out.
I.3. The BOR/BOT is supportive with the growth and development of the institution.
I.4. The Academic and Administrative Councils exercise their powers and perform their functions.
I.5. The flow of communication among and within units/departments is observed.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a well-designed and functional organizational structure.
PARAMETER B: ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Dean/Academic Unit Head processes the required educational qualification, experience and other prescribed requirements to administer the college/Academic Unit namely:
S.1.1. holder of baccalaureate and master’s degree in engineering, preferably in the Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering;
S.1.2. preferably holder of doctorate degree in engineering or related fields;
S.1.3. minimum teaching experience of not less than five (5) years;
S.1.4. at least five (5) years administrative experience and at least five (5) field experience; and
S.1.5. registered engineer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Dean is assisted by Department Chair/s or their equivalent with appropriate/relevant educational qualification and experience.
I.2. The Dean implements a supervisory program.
I.3. The Dean participates in the recruitment and promotion of faculty and support staff.
I.4.1. setting standards and targets;
I.4.2. planning of programs and other related activities;
I.4.3. implementing, monitoring and evaluation of plans, programs and other related activities;
I.4.4. establishing linkages, partnership and networking activities;
I.4.5. providing opportunities professional growth and development of the faculty and staff;
I.4.6. preparing guidelines on the internal administration and operation of the Academic Unit/College; and
I.4.7. preparing guidelines for the proper use and maintenance of facilities, equipment, supplies and materials.
I.5. Definite criteria and procedures in the selection and promotion of the most qualified faculty and staff are observed.
I.6. The Dean, faculty, staff, and students pursue collaborative activities in generating resources and income, and in implementing cost-effective measures.
I.7. The Dean implements policies and procedures on internal administration and operations of the College/Academic Unit.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The College/Academic unit/college is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and printed Student Handbook/Manual containing policies and guidelines on the following aspects of student life:
S.1.1. admission and retention policies;
S.1.2. registration requirements;
S.1.3. school fees;
S.1.4. academic load;
S.1.5. transfers;
S.1.6. residence, course work, scholastic and graduation requirements;
S.1.7. examination and grading system;
S.1.8. scholarship/grants/assistantships;
S.1.9. shifting and adding/dropping of course;
S.1.10. Code of Conduct and Discipline;
S.1.11. attendance; and
S.1.12. others (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Students are provided opportunities to participate in the planning and implementation of activities concerning their welfare.
I.2. Concerned officials, faculty and staff act promptly on requests, needs, and problems of the students.
I.3. The administration, faculty, staff and students work harmoniously and maintain good relationship.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an effective and functional Student Administration.
O.2. Policy implementation is efficient.
PARAMETER D: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Financial Development Plan (FDP).
S.2. The approved budget is in consonance with the FDP.
S.3. The institution has budgetary allotment for following:
S.3.1. personal services;
S.3.2. Maintenance and Other Operating Expenses (MOOE);
S.3.3. capital outlay; and
S.3.4. special projects.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Financial Management Office managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.2. The financial management personnel are responsible for the efficient management of financial resources/funds of the Institution.
I.3. The administrative officials, faculty and student representatives participate in the budget preparation and in the procurement program of the institution.
I.4. The budget of the institution is fairly and objectively allocated.
I.5. The Institution allocates funds for the following student services and activities:
I.5.1. cultural development;
I.5.2. athletic and sports development;
I.5.3. medical/dental services;
I.5.4. library;
I.5.5. student body organization;
I.5.6. guidance and counseling;
I.5.7. improvement of laboratories/shops;
I.5.8. repair and maintenance of facilities equipment;
I.5.9. purchase of new equipment, supplies and materials;
I.5.10. replacement of old unserviceable equipment;
I.5.11. construction of new facilities, as needed;
I.5.12. improvement/expansion of physical plant;
I.5.13. extension/community service; and
I.5.14. disaster and risk reduction;
I.5.15. auxiliary service, etc.
I.6. The budget allotted for specific expenditures indicated in item 1.5 is in consonance with existing policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a sound and effective financial management system.
PARAMETER E: SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has an approved procurement management system in consonance with the Revised IRR of RA 9184 (Goverment Procurement Reform Act).
S.2. The institution has a system for the proper disposal of non-serviceable and condemned equipment, supplies and materials.
S.3. The office has a storeroom for keeping and securing all equipment, supplies and materials purchased.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Supply Management Office (SMO) managed by qualified staff with specific functions and responsibilities.
I.2. The Bids and Awards Commitee(BAC) is responsible for the procurement and deliveries of needed equipment, supplies and materials in accordance with the approved Annual Procurement Plan (APP) and Project Procerement Management Plan (PPMP).
I.3. The BAC performs its tasks and responsibilities in accordance with recent procurement policies and official issuances.
I.4. The SMO office prepares, submits and evaluates the annual inventory of serviceable and non-serviceable facilities and equipment.
I.5. All approved requests for procurement are published in the Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an efficient and effective Supply Management and System.
O.2. All procurement transactions are transparent.
PARAMETER F: RECORDS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has a system of records keeping.
S.2. The institution has policies and procedures to ensure the security and confidentiality of records.
S.3. Policies and procedures on prompt release of records are in place.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Records Management Office (RMO) managed by a qualified Records Officer.
I.2. A records system is installed in offices where it allows access to information needed by concerned parties.
I.3. The Human Resource Management Office(HRMO) maintains accurate, up-to-date and systematic records of faculty and staff.
I.4. The following updated record compilations are made available to concerned parties:
I.4.1. minutes of the Board of Regents/Trustees meetings;
I.4.2. minutes of the faculty meetings, e.g. Minutes of the Academic Council meetings;
I.4.3. faculty/non-teaching personnel individual files;
I.4.4. faculty/non-teaching personnel performance evaluation; and
I.4.5. other records such as:
I.4.5.1. student directory;
I.4.5.2. alumni directory;
I.4.5.3. permanent records of students;
I.4.5.4. reports of Director/Dean;
I.4.5.5. annual reports;
I.4.5.6. accomplishment/progress reports;
I.4.5.7. scholarship records;
I.4.5.8. other statistical data;
I.4.5.9. financial records of students;
I.4.5.10. inventory of property;
I.4.5.11. proceedings of administrative investigation (if any); and
I.4.5.12. other (please specify)____________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a commendable Records Management System.
PARAMETER G: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Strategic Development Plan(SDP) available in printed and/or electronic forms.
S.2. There is a system to monitor the implementation of the SDP.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution’s Planning and Development Unit plans, monitors and evaluates planned activities/targets.
I.2. The planning process is a cooperative and participative endeavor of administration, the faculty and the students.
I.3. The SDP is implemented, monitored, evaluated, reviewed and updated regularly.
PARAMETER H: PERFORMANCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.1. competence;
S.1.2. quality of work;
S.1.3. work ethic(punctuality, wise use of time, etc);
S.1.4. creative/innovative ability;
S.1.5. ability to handle internal and external pressures; and
S.1.6. interpersonal relations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution regularly monitors and evaluates the performance of the administrative personnel.
I.2. The results of performance evaluation of the administrative personnel are utilized:
I.2.1. to improve performance and delivery of eservices; and
I.2.2. for promotion.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The administrative personnel/ staff have commendable performance.
PhD in Education major in Technology Management
VISION, MISSION, GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
PPP
Compliance Report
Parameter A: Statement of Vision, Mission, Goals and Objectives
System – Inputs and Process
S.1 The institution has a system of determining the Vision and Mission.
S.2 The Vision clearly reflects what the institution hopes to become in the future.
S.3 The Mission clearly reflects the institution’s legal and other statutory mandate.
S.4 The Goals of the College/Academic Unit are consistent with the Mission of the institution.
S.5 The Objectives of the program have the expected outcomes in terms of competencies (skills and knowledge), values and other attributes of the graduates which include the development of:
S.5.1. technical skills in Arts.
S.5.2. research and extension capabilities.
S.5.3. students’ own ideas, desirable attitudes and personal discipline;
S.5.4. moral character.
S.5.5. critical, analytical, problem solving and other higher order thinking skills; and
S.5.6. aesthetic and cultural values.
Implementation
I.1 The Institution/College conducts a review on the statement of the Vision and Mission as well as its goals and program objectives for the approval of authorities concerned.
I.2 The College/Academic Unit follows a system of formulating its goals and the objectives of the program.
I.3 The College/Academic Unit’s faculty, personnel, students and other stakeholders (cooperating agencies, linkages, alumni, industry sector and other concerned groups) participate in the formulation, review and/or revision of the VMGO.
Output
O.1 The VMGO are crafted and duly approved by the BOR/BOT.
PARAMETER B: DISSEMINATION AND ACCEPTABILITY
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The VMGO are available on bulletin boards in catalogs/manuals and in other forms of communication media.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. A system of dissemination and acceptability of the VMGO is enforced.
I.2. The administrators/faculty attend in-service seminars and training on awareness and acceptability of the:
I.2.1. Vision and Mission of the Institution.
I.2.2. Goals of the College/ Academic Unit; and
I.2.3. Objectives of the Program.
I.3. The formulation/review/revision of the VMGO is participated in by the following:
I.3.1. administrators;
I.3.2. faculty
I.3.3. staff;
I.3.4. students; and
I.3.5. other stakeholders
I.4. The faculty and staff perform their jobs/functions in consonance with the VMGO.
I.5. The VMGO are widely disseminated to the different agencies, institutions industry sector and the community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is full awareness and acceptance of the VMGO by the administrators, faculty, staff, students and other stakeholders.
O.2. There is congruency between actual educational practices and activities with the following:
O.2.1. Vision and Mission of the SUC;
O.2.2. Goals of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering; and
O.2.3. Objectives of the Electrical Engineering program.
FACULTY
PARAMETER A: ACADEMIC QUALIFICATIONS AND PROFESSIONAL EXPERIENCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The required number of faculty possesses graduate degrees appropriate and relevant to the Electrical Engineering program or any of the allied fields.
S.1.1. Registered Electrical Engineers (REE) pr Professional Electrical Engineers(PEE) with current PRC identification card; and
S.1.2. duly licensed.
S.2. Other qualifications such as the following are considered:
S.2.1. related professional experience;
S.2.2. licensure;
S.2.3. technical skills and competence, and
S.2.4. special abilities, computer literacy, reseach productivity.
S.3. Faculty handling OJT/practicum courses have had at least three(3) years of teaching and industry-based experience in the field.
S.4. At least 50% of the faculty are Graduate degrees holders.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The fauclty demonstrate professional competence and are engaged in any or a combination of the following:
I.1.1. instruction;
I.1.2. research;
I.1.3 extension
I.1.4. production;
I.1.5. consultancy and expert service; and
I.1.6. publication, creative and scholarly works.
I.2. The faculty pursue graduate degrees in Electrical Engineering and/or allied fields from reputable institutions(with at least Level II accreditation status or World/Asian rank).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has qualified and competent faculty.
PARAMETER B: RECRUITMENT, SELECTION AND ORIENTATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an institutional Human Resources Development Plan/Program designed for the faculty recruitment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Recruitment and selection of the faculty is processed by the Faculty Selection Board using the following criteria:
Mandatory
I.1.1. academic qualifications;
I.1.2. personal qualities;
I.1.3. communication skills;
I.1.4. teaching ability;
I.1.5. medical examination results;
I.1.6. psychological examination results;
Optional
I.1.7. relevant professional experience; (if any);
I.1.8. previous record of employment; (if any);
I.1.9. technical/special skills & abilities; and
I.1.10. previous performance rating. (if any)
I.2. The hiring system adopts an open competitive selection, based on the CSC-approved Merit System and Promotion Plan of the institution published and well-disseminated through various means of communication:
I.2.1. print media (newspaper, flyers, CSC Bulletin of vacant positions);
I.2.2. broadcast media (TV, radio);
I.2.3. website;
I.2.4. bulletin boards; and
I.2.5. others (please specify) ____________
I.3. A Screening Committee selects and recommends the best and most qualified applicant.
I.4. Measures to avoid professional in-breeding are observed.
I.5. The institution conducts orientation for newly-hired faculty on its vision and mission ,CSC, PRC, DBM, and administration policies on their duties and responsibilities, benefits and other academic concerns.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The most qualified faculty are selected.
PARAMETER C: FACULTY ADEQUACY AND LOADING
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Faculty-student ratio is in accordance with the program requirements and standards as follows:
S.1.1. lecture (1:40), maximum of 1:50; and
S.1.2. laboratory (1:25), maximum of 1:30.
S.2. There is a provision for incentives for overload teaching in accordance with the CMO of the program and/or institutional guidelines.
S.3. There are full-time faculty classified by rank, subject/specialization.
S.4. Faculty schedule has time for preparation of lessons, scoring of test papers, record-keeping, class evaluation and other instruction-related activities.
S.5. Workload Guidelines contain sufficient time for teaching and/or research, extension, production and other assigned tasks..
S.6. There is equitable, measurable and fair distribution of teaching load and other assignments.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The maximum total load is assigned to a regular full-time faculty in accordance to the CMO of the program and institutional guidelines.
I.2. A Faculty Manual is published formalizing faculty policies, standards and guidelines.
I.3. Professional subjects are handled by specialists in the discipline/program.
I.4. The faculty are assigned to teach their major/minor fields of specialization for a maximum of four (4) different subject preparations with a semester.
I.5. Administrative arrangements are adopted whenever vacancies/leaves of fabsence occur during the term.
I.6. No less than 60% of the professional subjects in the Electrical Engineering program are handled by full-time faculty.
I.7. Teaching schedule does not allow more than six (6)- hours of continuous teaching
I.8. Administrative, research and/or professional assignment outside of regular teaching are given credits.
I.9. Consultation, tutorial, remedial classes, expert services, and other instruction-related activities are given credits in consonance with faculty workload guidelines.
I.10. Workload assignments and number of preparations follow existing workload guidelines.
I.11. A part-time engineering faculty has a maximum teaching load of 12 units.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are efficient and effective, with sufficient time for instruction, research, extension, production and other assigned tasks.
PARAMETER D: RANK AND TENURE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of promotion in rank and tenure based on official issuances.
S.2. The institution has a policy on probationary status of employment.
S.3. At least 50% of the full-time faculty teaching the professional courses are under permanent/regular status.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the system of promotion in rank and salary based on existing policies and issuances (e.g. NBC 416).
I.2. Retirement, separation or termination benefits are implemented in accordance with institutional and government (CSC, GSIS/DBM) policies and guidelines.
I.3. The faculty are officially informed of their rank and tenure after evaluation of credentials and performance.
I.4. The faculty concerned is officially informed of the extension, renewal, or termination of their appointments.
I.5. The institution implements a CSC-approved Strategic Performance Management Plan (SPMS) which emphasizes quality teaching performance, research, creative work, extension and production services.
I.6 The probationary period or temporary status required before the grant of permanent status to the faculty is in accordance with civil Service and institutional policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their rank and employment status.
PARAMETER E: FACULTY DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institutions have an approved and sustainable Faculty Development Program (FDP).
S.2. There are policies on faculty academic recognition and grant of scholarships/fellowships and awards.
S.3. Every faculty member has at least one active membership in professional/scientific organization or honor society relevant to his/her assignment and field of specialization.
S.4. The budget allocation for faculty development is adequate.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements a sustainable Faculty Development Program based on identified priorities/needs and in accordance with the CMO of the program such as:
I.1.1. upgraded educational qualifications (graduate studies);
I.1.2. attendance to seminars, symposia and conferences for continuing education;
I.1.3. conduct of research activities and publication of research output; and
I.1.4. giving lectures and presentation of papers in national/international conferences, symposia and seminars.
I.2. The institution supports the professional growth of the faculty through attendance in educational lectures, symposia, seminars, workshops, conferences and other forms of training.
I.3. The institution conducts in-service training activities regularly at least once per term.
I.4. Selection of deserving faculty to be granted scholarships, fellowships, seminars, conferences and/or training grants is done objectively.
I.5. The budget for the faculty development is adequately allocated.
I.6. The budget for faculty development is wisely utilized.
I.7. The Faculty Development Program is implemented with the following provisions;
I.7.1. adequate and qualified supervision of faculty;
I.7.2. scholarship, fellowships, sabbatical leaves, and research grants;
I.7.3. financial support for active membership in professional organizations;
I.7.4. deloading to finish the faculty’s thesis/dissertation;
I.7.5. attendance in continuing professional education (CPE) programs such as seminars, workshops and conferences or some in-service training courses;
I.7.6. conducting research related activities related to the program;
I.7.7. publishing scholarly articles and research outputs; and
I.7.8. production of instructional materials (IMs).
I.8. Opportunities for the faculty to attend/participate in capability building and enhancing activities are fairly distributed.
I.9. Tuition fee privilege and other forms of assistance are utilized by faculty pursuing advanced (master’s and/or doctoral) degrees.
I.10. Faculty are given incentives for book writing, manuals, handbooks, compilations and instructional materials to keep up with new knowledge and techniques in the field of specializaton.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are well-trained and competent to serve the institution.
O.2. The faculty are committed to serve and support the programs and projects of the institution.
PARAMETER F: PROFESSIONAL PERFORMANCE AND SCHOLARLY WORKS
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of evaluating the faculty on the following:
S.1.1. professional performance; and
S.1.2. scholarly works.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. demonstrate skills and competencies in all of the following:
I.1.1. knowledge of the program objectives/outcome(s);
I.1.2. reflecting the program outcomes clearly in the course objectives;
I.1.3. knowledge/mastery of the content, issues and methodologies in the discipline;
I.1.4. proficiency in the use of the language of instruction;
I.1.5. the use of higher order thinking skills such as analytical, critical, creative, innovative and problem-solving;
I.1.6. innovativeness and resourcefulness in the different instructional processes; and
I.1.7. integration of values and work ethic in the teaching-learning process.
I.1.8. integration of Gender and Development (GAD) activities.
1.2. promptly submit required reports and other academic outputs.
1.3. update lecture notes though an interface of relevant research findings and new knowledge.
I.4. serve as resource person/lecturer/consultant in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.5. present papers in local/regional/national and/or international fora.
I.6. publish papers in regional, national and international magazines and journals.
I.7. conduct research and publish outputs in referred journals of national and international circulation.
I.8. conduct extension and outreach activities.
I.9. regularly update respective course syllabi.
I.10. utilized ICT and other resources in the enhancement of the teaching learning process.
I.11. produce instructional materials, e.g., workbooks, manuals, modules, audio-visual aids, etc. to facilitate teaching and learning.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty performance is gnerally satisfactory.
O.2. The scholarly works of the faculty are commendable.
PARAMETER G: SALARIES, FRINGE BENEFITS, AND INCENTIVES
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a system of compensation and rewards to its faculty and staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The following fringe benefits are granted:
I.1.1. maternity leave/paternity leave with pay;
I.1.2. sick leave;
I.1.3. study leave (with or without pay);
I.1.4. vacation leave;
I.1.5. tuition fee discount for faculty and their dependents;
I.1.6. clothing/uniform allowance;
I.1.7. performance base bonus (PBB);
I.1.8. anniversary bonus;
I.1.9. honoraria/incentive for conducting research or for the production of scholarly works;
I.1.10. housing privilege (optional);
I.1.11. sabbatical leave;
I.1.12. compensatory leave credits;
I.1.13. deloading to finish thesis/ dissertation;
I.1.14. thesis/dissertation aid;and
I.1.15. others, (please identify) .
I.2. Policies on salaries/benefits and other privileges are disseminated to the faculty.
I.3. Salaries are paid regularly and promptly.
I.4. Teaching assignments beyond the regular load are compensated (e.g., overload pay, services credits, etc.)
I.5. Faculty who are actually involved in the production of scholarly materials are given credits for their work.
I.6. Faculty with outstanding performance are given recognition/awards and incentives.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The faculty are satisfied with their compensation and rewards.
PARAMETER H: PROFESSIONALISM
SYSTEM – INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are approved SUC Code and SUC Faculty Manual that defines the policies, guidelines, rules and regulations affecting the faculty.
IMPLEMENTATION
The Faculty
I.1. responsibility observe the following:
I.1.1. regular and prompt attendance to classes;
I.1.2. participation in faculty meetings and university/college activities;
I.1.3. completion of assigned task on time;
I.1.4. submission of all required reports promptly; and
I.1.5. decorum at all times.
I.2. follow the Code of Ethics of the Profession and the Code of Ethical Standards for the Government Official and Employees (RA 6713).
I.3. exercise academic freedom judiciously.
I.4. show commitment and loyalty to the institution as evidenced by:
I.4.1. observance of official time;
I.4.2. productive use of official time;
I.4.3. performance of the task and assignments, with or without compensation; and
I.4.4. compliance with terms of agreement/contracts (e.g., scholarship and training).
I.5. maintain harmonious interpersonal relations with superiors, peers, students, parents and the community.
I.6. demonstrate knowledge of recent educational trends/issues/resources in the field of Electrical Engineering.
I.7. show evidence of professional growth through further and continuing studies.
I.8. engage in practices which enable the faculty the demonstrate harmonious interpersonal relations with the students, parents and community.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The corps of faculty manifest a commendable level of professionalism.
CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
PARAMETER A: CURRICULUM AND PROGRAM OF STUDIES
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The curriculum provides for the development of the following professional competencies:
S.1.1. acquisition of knowledge and theories based on the field of specialization/discipline.
S.1.2. application of the theories to real problems in the field; and
S.1.3. demonstration of skills in applying different strategies in the actual work setting.
S.2. There is a system of validation of subjects taken from other schools.
S.3. The curriculum reflects local, regional and national development goals as well as the institution’s vision and mission.
Implementation
I.1. The curriculum/program of study meets the requirements and standards of CHED as follows:
I.1.1. Master’s Thesis program – 36 units of (6) units thesis;
I.1.2. Master’s non-thesis program inclusive of six (6) integrating courses – 36 units
I.1.3. For thesis Master’s Program: Competencies to undertake research in specific areas with the broad field of educational science and practice; and
I.1.4. For Doctoral Programs: new knowledge and strategies in specific areas within the broad field of educational science and practice.
I.2. The curricular content is responsive to the needs of the country and recent developments in the profession.
I.3. The curricular content covers the extent of the professional and technical preparation required of its graduates.
I.4. The curriculum integrates values, reflective of national customs, culture and traditions in cases where applicable.
I.5. Opportunities for participation in hands-on activities such as immersion/practical training and field study are maintained in the curriculum.
I.6. The following activities are undertaken to ensure quality in the process of curriculum development:
I. 6.1. Participative planning and designing of the curriculum by the following stakeholders.
I.6.1.5 representatives from the industry/sector; and
I.6.1.6 others (please specify) __________
I.6.2 periodic review, assessments, updating and approval of the curriculum by the Academic Council; and
I.6.3 confirmation of the curriculum by the BOR/BOT
I.7. The program of study allows the accommodation of students with special needs and assists them to finish the degree.
Outcomes
O.1. The curriculum is responsive and relevant to the demands of the times.
PARAMETER B: INSTRUCTIONAL PROCESS, METHODOLOGIES AND LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES
System – Inputs and Process
Syllabus and Instructional Materials
S.1. There is an institutional outcomes-based standard format in the preparation of the course syllabi.
S.2. The syllabus includes a list of suggested readings and references of print and electronic resources within the last 10 years.
S.3. Copies of all course syllabi during the term are available at the Dean’s office or in any other appropriate repository.
S.4. Copies of all course syllabi in previous semesters are filed for reference purposes.
S.5. Specialized readings discussing and evaluating best practices in specific areas of professional specialization are used as reference.
S.6. There is a mechanism to facilitate the teaching-learning process.
S.7. There is Thesis/Dissertation Committee composed of 4 graduate faculty for thesis requirements and 5 for dissertation requirements.
Implementation
I.1. The Dean or official concerned approves the updated syllabus for each subject.
I.2. The faculty prepare syllabi with comprehensive contents.
1.3. The faculty revise and enhances their syllabi preferably every two years, as needed.
I.4. The faculty distributes a copy of the syllabus to each student.
I.5. Teaching strategies stimulate the development of the students’ higher-order thinking skills (HOTS) such as critical thinking, analytical thinking, creative thinking and problem solving
Teaching Method and Techniques
I.6. Classroom instruction is enriched through the use of the following strategies:
I.6.1 symposia seminars. workshops. professional lectures.
I.6.2. educational tours/learning visits/other co-curricular activities.
I.6.3. peer teaching/cooperative learning; and
I.6.4. computer-assisted instruction (CAI) and computer- assisted learning (CAL).
I.7. At least three (3) of the following course requirements are used:
I.7.1. group/individual projects.
I.7.2. group/individual reports.
I.7.3. group/individual term papers.
I.7.4. performance activities.
I.7.5. learning contract.
I. 7.6. portfolio.
I.7.7. learning modules.
I.7.8. research study; and
I.7.9. others (please specify)
I.8. Instruction is enriched through the use of at least ten (10) of the following techniques/strategies:
I.8.1. film showing.
I.8.2. projects.
I.8.3. group dynamics.
I.8.4. case study.
I.8.5. workshops.
I.8.6. simulations.
I.8.7. dimensional question approach.
I.8.8. brainstorming.
I.8.9. buzz sessions.
I.8.10 informal creative groups.
I.8.11 interactive learning.
I.8.12 team teaching;
I.8.13 micro teaching;
I.8.14 macro teaching;
I.8.15 tandem teaching;
I.8.16 peer teaching;
I.8.17 multi-media/courseware/ teachware;
I.8.18 experiments;
I.8.19 problem-solving;
I.8.20 type study methods;
I.8.21 reporting;
I.8.22 panel discussion; and
I.8.23 others (please specify) ___________
I.9. Instructional strategies provide for student’s individual needs and multiple intelligences.
I.10. Instruction is enhanced through the following:
I.10.1 submission of approved and updated syllabus for every course.
I.10.2 regular classroom observation/supervision.
I.10.3 regular faculty meetings with the College/Academic Dean/Department Chair.
I.10.4 regular faculty performance evaluation.
I.10.5 attendance/participation of faculty in in-service training;
I.10.6 conduct of experimental classes;
I.10.7 adoption of alternative instructional delivery modes, such as modular instruction, e-learning and on-line
I.10.8 adoption of instructional delivery modes such as modules, e-learning, on-line, etc..
I.11. Instructional Materials (IMs) are reviewed and recommended by an Instructional Materials Committee (IMC).
I.12. Varied, multi-sensory materials and computer programs are utilized.
I.13. The College/Academic Unit maintains consortia and linkages with other learning institutions for academic exchange of instructional materials.
I.14. The faculty are encouraged to produce their own instructional materials such as modules, software, visual aids, manuals and textbooks.
Outcomes
0.1. Course syllabi are updated and approved by concerned authorities.
0.2. Varied teaching strategies are efficiently and effectively used.
0.3. Instructional materials produced by the faculty are copyrighted/ patented.
PARAMETER C: ASSESSMENT OF ACADEMIC PERFORMANCE
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The program of studies has a system of evaluating student performance through a combination of the following:
S.1.1. formative tests such as quizzes, units tests;
S.1.2. summative · tests such as mid-term and final examination
S.1.3. project and term papers;
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.1.4. practicum and performance tests; and
S.2. The summative tests have the following descriptions:
S.2.1. comprehensive enough to test the different levels of cognitive skills and knowledge of content; and
S.2.2. based on a well-designed Table of Specifications (TOS).
Implementation
I.1. Varied evaluation measures are used, such as:
I.1.1. portfolio;
I.1.2. rubric assessment;
I.1.3. skills demonstration;
I.1.4. paper and pencil tests;
I.1.5. oral examinations;
I.1.6. group/individual reports;
I.1.7. group/individual study; and
I.1.8. others (please specify) __
I.2. Evaluation tools/instruments are reviewed and revised periodically.
I.3. The faculty are trained how to assess student performance properly.
I.4. The College/ Academic Unit encourages and supports assessment for multiple intelligences.
I.5. Course and test requirements are returned to the students after results are checked, recorded and analyzed.
I.6. The system of student evaluation and grading is defined, understood, and disseminated to:
I.6.1. students;
I.6.2. faculty;
I.6.3. academic administrators; and
I.6.4. parents/guardians.
Outcomes
O.1. The students’ academic performance is commendable.
O.2. Retention rate of students is on the average.
PARAMETER D: CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There are policies on management of learning which includes the following:
S.1.1. students’ attendance in class and other academic activities;
S.1.2. schedule of classes ;
S.1.3. students’ discipline; and
S.1.4. maintenance of cleanliness and orderliness.
Implementation
I.1. The policies on management of learning are enforced.
I.2. Student activities are well-planned and implemented.
I.3. Assignments are designed to reinforce teaching which results to student’s maximum learning.
I.4. The maximum class size of 50 for undergraduate courses is enforced.
I.5. Classroom discipline is maintained in accordance with democratic practices.
I.6. The class officers and assigned students assist in maintaining the cleanliness of classrooms, laboratories, corridors and the school campus.
I.7. Independent work and performance are encouraged and monitored in the following activities;
I.7.1. case studies/reports;
I.7.2. thesis; and
I.7.3. others (specify)
I.8. In practicum courses, (field study, OJT, practice teaching) the number of trainees supervised by each coordinator does not exceed 50.
Outcomes
O.1. Learning is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER E: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. There is a policy on graduation requirements.
Implementation
I.1. The students are regularly informed of the academic requirements of their respective courses.
I.2. The College/Academic Unit implements the system for student returnees and transferees to meet the residence and other graduation requirements.
I.3 graduation students conduct research and/or undergo practicum/OT or other activities prescribed in their respective curricula.
I.4. The College/Academic Unit assists the graduating students with which hinder issuance of their clearances.
I.5. A Clearance from academic and financial accountabilities and responsibilities is required before graduation.
PARAMETER F: ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT FOR EFFECTIVE INSTRUCTION
System – Inputs and Process
S.1. The institution has a policies on:
S.1.1. substitution or special arrangements whenever a faculty is on leave or absent;
S.1.2. giving awards and/or recognition for faculty and students with outstanding achievements; and
S.1.3. supervision, monitoring and evaluation of faculty performance.
Implementation
I.1. The institution implements rules on the attendance of the faculty in their respective classes and other academic related activities.
I.2. Dialogues are regularly conducted between the administration and the;
I.2.1 Faculty and;
I.2.2. students
I.3. Quality instruction is assured through the following strategies:
I.3.1. conducting seminars/workshops on syllabi making;
I.3.2. holding workshops on test construction and the corresponding table of specifications.
I.3.3. conducting competency assessment;
I.3.4. conducting supervisory visit of classes and providing assistance, if necessary
I.3.5. holding of regular faculty meetings;
I.3.6. requiring consultations between students and faculty;
I.3.7. conducting studies on academic performance of students; and I
I.3.8. providing opportunities for the participation of the faculty in in-service training activities.
I.4.1. the Dean/Department Chairperson;
I.4.2. the students;
I.4.3. the faculty member himself/herself
I.4.4. peers; and
I.4.5. others (please specify)
I.5 The result of the performance evaluation are used to improve the performance/competencies of the faculty.
I.6. Students are given recognition for exemplary academic and non- academic performances.
I.7. Outstanding achievement of students is recognized and encouraged through the following:
I.7.1. inclusion in the honor roll, Dean’s list, etc.;
I.7.2. grant of tuition scholarships;
I.7.3. award of honor medals and merit certificates;
I.7.4. membership in honor societies/honor class/sections, etc;
I.7.5. grant of special privileges such as opportunities in leadership and others (excluding exemption from major exams on all professional business subjects); and
I.7.6. grant of awards and recognition for outstanding academic accomplishments e.g., Best Thesis, Student Researcher of the Year, etc.
I.8. Indicators on performance of graduates are studied such as:
I.8.1. analysis of performance of graduates in the Licensure Examination, where applicable;
I.8.2. employability of graduates; and
I.8.3. feedback from employers regarding performance of graduates.
Outcomes
O.1. The faculty and students have commendable performances as a result of administrative support.
O.2. The graduates of the program are employable.
SUPPORT TO STUDENTS
PARAMETER A: STUDENTS SERVICES PROGRAM (SSP) Link2
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The institution has Student Services Program (SSP).
S.2. The Student Affairs Services (SAS) program is consistent with the vision and mission of the Institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
S.3.The objectives of the SAS are clearly defined.
S.4.The objectives of the SAS are in accordance with CMO No. 9 series of 2013.
S.5.The SAS is composed of:
S.5.1. student welfare programs and services; and
S.5.2. student development programs and services.
S.6.The following basic service are available:
S.6.1. Student Welfare;
S.6.1.1. Information and Orientation Services;
S.6.1.2. Guidance and Counseling Services;
S.6.1.3. Career and Job Placement Services;
S.6.1.4. Economic Enterprise Development; and
S.6.1.5. Student Handbook Development.
S.6.2. Student Development;
S.6.2.1. Student Activities;
S.6.2.2. Student Organizations and Activities;
S.6.2.3. Leadership Training;
S.6.2.4. Student Council/Government;
S.6.2.5. Student Discipline; and
S.6.2.6. Student Publication/Year Book.
S.6.3. Institutional Student Programs and Services;
S.6.3.1. Admission Services;
S.6.3.2. Scholarship and Financial Assistance(SFA);
S.6.3.3. Food Services;
S.6.3.4. Health and Wellness Services;
S.6.3.5. Safety and Security Services;
S.6.3.6. Student Housing and Residential Services;
S.6.3.7. Multi-faith and inter-faith Services;
S.6.3.8. Foreign/ International Students Services (whenever applicable);
S.6.3.9. Services for Students with Special Needs;
S.6.3.10. Culture and Arts Programs;
S.6.3.11. Sports and Development Programs;
S.6.3.12. Social and Community Involvement Programs; and
S.6.3.13. others (please specify)___________________.
Student Affairs and Services Unit
S.7.There is a SAS Unit that manages students affairs development and welfare programs.
S.8.The SAS Unit has an organizational structure indicating its relationship with other Units.
S.9.The SAS Unit is headed by a qulified official.
S.10.The SAS Unit is staffed with qualified personnel.
Administrative Support
S.11.The various student services are provided with adequate staff, physical facilities, equipment and materials(e.g. One (1) guidance counselor for every 1,000 students, etc.)
S.12.There is a sufficient budget allocation for the Student Affairs and Services of the institution.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The objectives of the SAS are disseminated to and understood by the students, faculty, staff and administrators.
I.2.The SAS plans, implements, monitors and coordinates programs and services for student welfare and development.
I.3.Prompt, courteous and efficient services in the handling of business transactions with students are evident.
I.4.The SAS staff receive salaries on time.
I.5.The SAS is represented in the policy and decision-making body of the institution.
I.6.The projects and activities of the SAS Unit are recognized and implemented.
I.7.There is a continous and systematic evaluation of the effectiveness of the programs and services for student welfare and development.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The students are satisfied with the Student Services Program.
PARAMETER B: STUDENT WELFARE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Handbook containing comprehensive information on programs and services for student welfare and development.
S.2.A regular and comprehensive Orientation Program is held for new, returning and continuing students.
S.3.The information materials on educational, career, personal and social concerns are readly available, such as:
S.3.1. R.A. 9262 or Anti Violence Against Women and Children Act;
S.3.2. Anti-Bullying Act;
S.3.3. Guidelines on drug abuse prevention and control;
S.3.4. R.A. 7877 or the Anti-Sexual Harassment Act of 1995;
S.3.5. HIV AIDS awareness;
S.3.6. Self-care and healthy lifestyles; and
S.3.7. R.A. 9442, particularly on the provision on public ridicule and vilification against persons with disability.
S.4.The Guidance and Counseling Program provides the following services:
S.4.1. information and inventory;
S.4.2. counseling;
S.4.3. appraisal and testing;
S.4.4. placement and follow-up; and
S.4.5. referral.
S.5.Gender-sensitive individual and group counseling is provided.
S.6.Counseling Services consider cultural differences.
S.7.The Guidance Program is headed by a licensed Guidance Counselor with at least a master’s degree in Guidance and Counseling.
S.8.All the Guidance Counselors are licensed.
S.9.The Guidance Program is supported by qualified staff.
S.10.Every student has an updated profile at the guidance office.
S.11.A counseling room is provided for students including those with special needs.
S.12.There is a well-planned assessment program for students with appropriate standardized psychological tests.
S.13.Career seminars and job placement services are available for the students.
S.14.There is a mechanism to establish partneship and collaboration with other institutions, agencies and industry.
S.15.There is mechanism for storing and archiving student records for reference purposes.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The ratio of a Guidance Counselor to student population is 1:1000.
I.2.Counseling and other student records are maintained and kept confidential.
I.3.Appropriate intervention programs and services are adopted to promote and enhance student welfare and development.
I.4.The Guidance Office maintain an updated inventory of student cumulative records.
I.5.The psychological tests are administered , scored and interpreted by qualified staff and the results are kept confidential.
I.6.The test results are disseminated to concerned parties.
I.7.Test results are utilized in designing activities to meet student needs.
I.8.A scheme for appropriate follow-up and referrals is utilized.
I.9.The Guidance Office prepares valid appraisal data of students for career and job placement.
I.10.Student placement is regularly monitored and followed up.
I.11.The institution maintains active networking with the schools, the communities, alumni, and other concerned agencies for career and job placement of students.
I.12.Career counseling is provided to enable students to choose appropriate major/field of specialization.
I.13. Information materials on career and job opportunities are made accessible.
I.14The SAS maintains liaison with its alumni to follow up graduates job performance, vis-a-vis:
I.14.1. awards received;
I.14.2. key positions in private and/or government agencies; and
I.14.3. status of the enterprise, if applicable.
I.15.Skills development programs are conducted.
I.16.The students are given assistance in career and job placement.
I.17.The institution encourages student economic ventures such as but not limited to:
I.17.1. student laboratory cooperatives;
I.17.2. entrepreneurial activities/projects;
I.17.3. savings; and
I.17.4. others (please specify)_____________________.
I.18.Updated information on student welfare and development are accessible and disseminated.
I.19.The student body is involved in the development and revision of Student Handbook.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Quality student welfare services are available.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a system of accreditation, monitoring and evaluation of student organizations.
S.2.The institution provides adequate office space and other forms of support to accredited student organizations.
S.3.There is coordination between the school administration and SAS concerning students with drug and other related problems.
S.4.A mechanism to address student grievance is in place.
S.5.Program and opportunities to develop and enhance leadership among students are provided.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Requirements and procedures for recognition/accreditation of student organizations are widely disseminated.
I.2.The Constitution and by-law of student organizations incorporate participation and advocacy in social action activities.
I.3.The institution conducts leadership training.
I.4.The institution recognizes the right of the students to:
I.4.1. govern themselves as a student body;
I.4.2. be transparent and accountable to their constituents; and
I.4.3. be presented in various fora where the students need to be consulted.
I.5. The institution ensures transparency in the development/revision of guidelines and procedures for the student council/government.
I.6.The instruction implements gender and disability sensitive rules and regulations published in a Student Handbook/Manual acceptable to students.
I.7.Sanctions are enforced for misconduct such as but not limited to act of vandalism, hazing, bullying, libelous statements and other negative acts that threaten peace and order inside and outside the school premises
I.8.Grievance Committee is established to ensure due process in dealing with student’s misconduct.
I.9.The institution supports the establishment and implementation of student publication as provided for in R.A. 7079, otherwise known as “Campus Journalism Act of 1991” and other media forms.
I.10.The production /publication of a yearbook is encouraged.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Quality student development services are assured.
PARAMETER D: INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT PROGRAMS AND SERVICES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of student, recruitment, selection, admission and retention.
S.2.Admission requirements and procedures of persons with disabilities as stipulated in R.A. 7277 are in place.
S.3.Scholarship and financial assistance in various forms are available to students.
S.4.Policies and guidelines are instutionalized for students from marginalized sector of the country.
S.5.There is a policy on wellness and healthy lifestyle.
S.6.Buildings and facilities which conform with government standards are provided with accessible and safe amenities for persons iwth disabilities.
S.7.There is a disaster risk reduction and management program in compliance with R.A. 10121, otherwise known as the “Philippine Disaster Risk Reduction and Management Act of 2020”
S.8.Policies on the use of student facilities are in place.
S.9.An integrated service program that caters to the various needs of foreign students are available, whenever applicable.
S.10.A liaison officer is available to assist foreign students in their transactions with concerned government agencies, whenever applicable.
S.11.There are programs for life skills training (e.g. Conflict and stress management, harassment, etc.) couseling, testing and referrals for students with special needs.
S.12.The institution provides opportunities for promotion and appreciation of culture and arts.
S.13.The institution has well equipped offices for:
S.13.1. Culture and the Arts ;
S.13.2. Sports Development;
S.13.3. Student Publications; and
S.13.4. Medical-Dental Clinic.
S.14.There is a well-furnished medical-dental clinic.
S.15.There is a medical and dental program designed for:
S.15.1. diagnostic purposes;
S.15.2. first aid;
S.15.3. prevention and prophylaxis; and
S.15.4. physical-dental exam.
S.16.An updated information on student health condition is available to parents/guardians.
S.17.There are mechanisms to promote national, sectoral and cultural sports activities and development in coordination with concerned agencies.
S.18.There are financial assistance programs designed for:
S.18.1. educational loans;
S.18.2. student assistantship;
S.18.3. attendance to seminars, training(sports, leadership,etc);
S.18.4. grants-in-aid; and
S.18.5. other (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The faculty and students are properly informed of the admission guidelines and retention policies.
I.2.The policies and procedures on selection, admission and retention of students are implemented.
I.3.The following student admission records are filled and made available to concerned parties:
I.3.1. enrollment trends;
I.3.2. drop-out rate;
I.3.3. licensure examination results and passing percentage;
I.3.4. employability of graduates;
I.3.5. student transferees; and
I.3.6. student classification by specialization.
I.4.Retention policies are approved by the Academic Council and confirmed by the Board of Regents/Trustees.
I.5.The list of tuition and other school fees is posted conspicuously.
I.6The institution provides access to scholarship and financial assistance.
I.7.Guideliness on scholarship and financial assistance are widely and promptly disseminated.
I.8.Criteria for safety, sanitation and food choices in the school canteen/cafeteria are enforced.
I.9.The institution coordinates with the local government for the safety and sanitation of food service outside the school premises.
I.10.The institution periodically inspects food outlets for sanitation and hygiene. The sanitary permit is displayed in a prominent area of the food outlet.
I.11.The primary health care services are administered to all students by licensed medical, dental and allied professionals.
I.12.Facilities for keeping health care and updated health records of students are adequate and well-maintained.
I.13.Policies and procedures in the selection of student athletes, performers, writes, etc. are implemented.
I.14.Health and related laws, rules and regulations are enforced.
I.15.Licensed and competent security personnel ensure the safety and security of students.
I.16.Earthquake and fire drills involving students, faculty and administrative staff are conducted regularly.
I.17.The institution establishers programs for the students to help in crime prevention, cleanliness and orderliness, observance of a clean and green environment, safety and security of the school premises.
I.18.The institution provides assistance to students on accessible, affordable, clean, conducive to learning, dormitories and housing facilities.
I.19.The institution ensures that the students right to practice his/her religion is respected.
I.20.Submission of required reports on foreign students to concerned government agencies is done, whenever applicable.
I.21.The Code of Conduct for foreign students in the country is enforced.
I.22.The institution accomodates students with special needs.
I.23. There is a regular submission of the list of students with special needs to the CHEDRO describing the institutions intervention programs.
I.24.Sports development programs are regularly conducted.
I.25.The institution ensures opportunities for students to participate in socio and civic action activities.
I.26.The students are coverted with Life and Accident Insurance.
I.27.The institution rewards SAS staff for exceptional job performance.
I.28.The institution informs the students and other stakeholders on other related programs and services not cited in CMO No. 9 s. 2013.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The institutional programs and services develop student potentials to the fullest.
PARAMETER E: RESEARCH, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a research program on student affairs and services.
S.2.There is mechanism for monitoring and evaluation of SAS programs.
S.3.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are available.
S.4.There is adequate funding for the conduct of SAS researches and monitoring and evaluation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Researches on student affairs and services are conducted.
I.2.Research results and outputs are disseminated and utilized.
I.3.Regular monitoring and evaluation on the implementation of student services are conducted.
I.4.Monitoring and evaluation instruments are developed, reviewed, and continuously improved.
I.5.Reports are filed and submitted regularly to CHEDRO.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are presented and published.
RESEARCH
PPP
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution’s research agenda is in consonance with institutional, regional and national priorities concerned such as DOST, CHED-National Higher Education Research Agenda, NEDA,etc.
S.2. The institution has an approved Research Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The approved Research Agenda is implemented.
I.2.The following stakeholders participate in the formulation of reserch agenda as bases for identifying institutional thrusts and priorities:
I.2.1. administration;
I.2.2. faculty;
I.2.3. students;
I.2.4. government agency representatives(DOST, CHED, NEDA, etc.); and
I.2.5. other stakeholders(alumni, parents, etc.).
I.3.Action researches to test theory in practice are conducted by faculty and students.
I.4.Team/collaborative and interdisciplinary research is encouraged.
I.5.Research outputs are published in referred national and/or international journals.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority researches are identified and conducted.
O.2.Research results are published.
PARAMETER B: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and adequate budget for research.
S.2.There are provisions for the following
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet, statistical software, and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. research staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials ; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
The institution:
I.1. allocates adequate funds for the conduct of faculty and student research.
I.2.establishes linkages with the local/national/international agencies for funding support and assistance.
I.3.maintains a fundtional and long-range program of faculty/staff development to enhance research capability and competence.
I.4.encourages the conduct of externally funded researches.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Research Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER C: IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING, EVALUATION AND UTILIZATION OF RESEARCH RESULTS /OUTPUTS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a system of implementation, monitoring, evaluation and utilization of research outputs.
S.2.The institution has a policy on Intellectual Property Rights (IPR).
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution/College/Academic Unit has a Research Unit managed by competent staff.
I.2.The Research Manual provides guidelines and procedures for the administration and conduct of research.
I.3.The faculty conduct applied and operational researches in their fields of specialization in accordance with the thrusts and priorities of the program/institution.
I.4.The instution provides incentives to faculty researches such as honoraria, service credits, deloading, etc.
I.5. The College /Academic Unit requires its students to conduct research, as a course requirement,(whenever applicable)
I.6.The institution provides opportunities for advanced studies and/or training to enhance faculty/staff research competence.
I.7.Completed and on-going research studies are periodically monitored and evaluated in local and regional in-house reviews.
I.8.Research outputs are utilized as inputs in:
I.8.1. institutional development;
I.8.2. the improvement of instructional processes; and
I.8.3. the transfer of generated technology/knowledge to the community.
I.9.Packaged technologies and new information are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate delivery systems.
I.10.The institution ensures that:
I.10.1. research outputs are protected by IPR laws; and
I.10.2. faculty and students observe research ethics to avoid malpractices like plagiarism, fabrication of data, etc.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.implementation, monitoring, evaluation and research utilization of outputs are effective.
PARAMETER D: PUBLICATION AND DISSEMINATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has an approved and copyrighted Research Journal.
S.2.The institution has incentives for:
S.2.1. paper presentations;
S.2.2. journal publication;
S.2.3. outstanding research related performance; and
S.2.4. patented outputs.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The institution provides opportunities for the dissemination of research results in fora, conferences, seminars, and other related means.
I.2.The institution regularly publishes a research journal.
I.3.Library exchange of research publications with other HEI’s and agencies is maintained.
I.4.Research manuscripts/technical reports are well-written, and edited following the institutional format.
I.5.The institution supports the researchers in all of the following activities:
I.5.1. Instructional Materials Development;
I.5.2. paper presentations, journal publication, classroom lectures, and other similar activities;
I.5.3. editorship/writing in academic, scientific and professional journals;
I.5.4. thesis/dissertation advising; and
I.5.5. patenting of research outputs.
I.6Research results are published preferably in referred journals.
I.7.Research results are disseminated to the target clientele.
I.8.The College/Academic Unit generates income from patents, licenses,copyrights, and other research outputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Research outputs are published in refereed journals.
O.2.Research outputs are utilized.
O.3.Patented and copyrighted research outputs are commercialized.
EXTENSION AND COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
PARAMETER A: PRIORITIES AND RELEVANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The extension agenda is in consonance of local, regional and national development thrusts and priorities.
S.2. The College/Academic Unit has a benchmark survey of the problems, needs priorities and resources of the community.
S.3. The extension program reflects the VMGO.
S.4. There is a pool of consultants/experts from various disciplines to serve in extension projects and activities.
S.5. The institution has an approved and copyrighted Extension Manual.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The extension projects and activities implemented are based on the results of the benchmark survey.
I.2. The extension projects and activities complement the curriculum of the Electrical Engineering program under review.
I.3. A mutual exchange of resources and services between the College/Academic Unit and the community is evident.
I.4. Linkages with local, national, foreign, and non-governmental agencies are institutionalized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Priority and relevant extension projects and activities are conducted.
PARAMETER B: PLANNING, IMPLEMENTATION, MONITORING AND EVALUATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a distinct office that manages the Extension Program.
S.2. Instruments for monitoring and evaluation are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The administration, faculty,students and other stakeholders of the College/Academic Unit of Electrical Engineering participate in the planning and organization of Extension Program
I.2. The administration, faculty and students are involved in the implementation and dissemination of extension programs.
I.3. The extension projects and activities serve varied clientele.
I.4. The conduct of extension projects and activities is sustainable.
I.5. Technologies/new knowledge are disseminated to the target clientele through appropriate extension delivery systems.
I.6. The extension activities are documented in the form of :
I.6.1. pamphlets;
I.6.2. flyers;
I.6.3. bulletins;
I.6.4. newletters; and
I.6.5. electronic resources.
I.7. Periodic monitoring and evaluation of extension projects and activities are conducted.
I.8. Results of monitoring and evaluation are disseminated and discussed with concerned stakeholders.
I.9. Re-planning of activities based on feedback is conducted.
I.10. Accomplishment and terminal reports are filed and submitted on time.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is well-planned , implemented, monitored, evaluated and disseminated.
O.2. The Extension Program has contributed to the improvement on the quality of life of the target clientele/beneficiaries.
PARAMETER C: FUNDING AND OTHER RESOURCES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is an approved and adequate budget for extension.
S.2. There is a provision of:
S.2.1. facilities and equipment such as internet and other ICT resources;
S.2.2. extension staff;
S.2.3. supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. workplace.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The budget for the extension program is utilized as planned.
I.2. Honoraria and other incentives(deloading, credit unit equivalent, etc.)to faculty involved in extension work are granted.
I.3. The College /Academic Unit of sources out the following from other agencies:
I.3.1. additional funding; and
I.3.2. technical assistance and service inputs.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Extension Program is adequately funded.
PARAMETER D: COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT AND PARTICIPATION IN THE INSTITUTION’S ACTIVITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There is a strategy for involving the community, government and private agencies in the Extension Program.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The College/Academic Unit is committed to the service and development of the community, and
I.1.1. initiates and maintains community development projects;
I.1.2. involves the students, faculty, staff administrators in the projects; and
I.1.3. coordinates its community programs and services with the target clientele.
I.2. There is community participation and involvement in extension activities in the following:
I.2.1. planning;
I.2.2. implementation and dissemination;
I.2.3. monitoring and evaluation;
I.2.4. out-sourcing of funds, materials and other service inputs; and
I.2.5. utilization of technology, knowledge learned , skills acquired from the extension projects and activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. There is wholesome coordination between the Extension Program implementers and the target clientele/beneficiaries.
LIBRARY
PARAMETER A: ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1The organization structure of the library is well-defined.
S.2. The development of the library goals and objectives is the responsibility of the library head and staff with the approval of the Head of the institution.
S.3.There is a Library Board/Committee which sets library policies, rules and procedures and periodically reviews them.
S.4.There js a duly approved and widely disseminated Library Manual or written policies and procedures covering the library’s internal administration and operation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The library develops an explicit statement of its goals and objectives in conformity with the mandate of the institution.
I.2.The library is administered and supervised by:
I.2.1. a full-time professional licensed librarian; and
I.2.2. at least a master’s degree holder in MS Library and Information Science or MAEd/MA in Library Science.
I.3.The Head Librarian directs and supervises the total operation of the library and is responsible for the administration of its resource and services.
I.4.The Head Librarian, preferarbly with an academic rank, actively participates in the academic and administrative activities of the institution.
I.5.The annual accomplishments and other reports of the library are prompty submitted to the higher offices concerned.
I.6.A Library Development Plan is prepared in consultation with the institution’s officials and stakeholders.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The goals and objectives of the Library are satisfactorily attained.
O.2.The library organizational structure is well-designed and effectively implemented.
PARAMETER B: ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The library has staff with the following qualifications.
S.1.1. BS in Library and Information Science for the College/Academic Unit Library; and
S.1.2. MS in Library and Information Science or MAED/MA in Library Science) for the institution.
S.2.The library meets the required number of qualified and licensed librarians and staff to meet the needs of the school population with the ratio of:
S.2.1. one(1) Licensed Librarian with two (2) full time staff for the first 500-student population; and
S.2.2. one(1) additional full time Professional Librarian with one (1) full time staff for every additional 1,000 students.
S.3.There is a continuing staff development program with the corresponding financial assistance from the institution.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The library staff compensation, retirement, and fringe benefits, as well as other privelege, are granted in accordance with existing government laws and institutuional policies.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The librarians are qualified.
PARAMETER C: COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT, ORGANIZATION AND PRESERVATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.There is a written Collection Development Policy.
S.2.There is a core collection of at least:
S.2.1. 5,000 titles fo the Academic Unit Library; or
S.2.2. 10,000 titles that support the instruction, research and other programs for an institution Library.
S.3.Twenty percent (20%) of the library holdings are of current edition, i.e. with copyright within the last 5 years.
S.4.The Non-print, digital and electronic resources are available.
S.5.There is an integrated library system.
S.6.There are provisions for the preservation, general care, and upkeep of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Collection Development Policy is regularly reviewed and evaluated by the Library Committee.
I.2.The library collection and services support the mission and vision of the institution, goals of the College/Academic Unit and objectives of the Program.
I.3.The library provides, sufficient research books and materials to supplement the client’s curricular needs.
I.4.The library maintains an extensive (15% of the total) Filipiniana collection.
I.5.The library provides 3-5 book/journal titles for professional subjects in the major fields of specialization.
I.6.The Library collection is organized according to an accepted scheme of classification and standard code of cataloging.
I.7.Regular weeding-out program is conducted to maintain a relevant and updated collection.
I.8.The quality and quantity of library materials and resources conform with the standards set for a particular academic program.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library core collection is adequate, updated and well-balanced.
O.2.The professional books, journals and electronic resources for the program are sufficient.
PARAMETER D: SERVICES AND UTILIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library has information services pertinent to the institution’s requirements.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The following services/programs are provided:
I.1.1. functional and interactive library web page;
I.1.2. integrated library system;
I.1.3. on-line public access (OPAC);
I.1.4. circulation on-line;
I.1.5. computerized cataloging;
I.1.6. inventory reporting;
I.1.7. serials control;
I.1.8. internet searching;
I.1.9. CD-ROM;
I.1.10. on-line database;
I.1.11. photocopying; and
I.1.12. bar coding.
I.2.The library opens at least 54 hours per week for the College/Academic Unit or 60 hours per week for the institution.
I.3.The library promotes and disseminates its program through a regular announcement of its new acquisition of print materials(books,journals, magazines), resources, facilities, and services.
I.4.Librarians and staff are available during library hours to assist and provide library services.
I.5.Statistical data on the utilization of various resources and services are compiled and used to improve the library collection and operations.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The library services are efficiently and effectively provided.
O.2.The library users are satisfied with library services.
PARAMETER E: PHYSICAL SET-UP AND FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
Location and site
S.1.The library is strategically located and accessible to students, faculty and other clientele.
S.2.The library is systematically planned to allow future expansion.
Space Requirement
S.3.The size of the library meets standard requirements considering the present enrollment and future expansion.
S.4.The reading roo can accommodate at least 10% of the school enrollment at any given time.
S.5.Space is provided for print resources as well as work stations for electronic resources.
S.6.Space is provided for the librarian’s office, staff room, technical room, etc.
S.7.Ramps for the physically disabled as provided.
Furniture and Equipment
S.8.The library meets the required and standard-sized furniture and equipment.
S.9.The following library furniture and equipment are available:
S.9.1. adjustable/movable shelves;
S.9.2. magazine display shelves;
S.9.3. newspaper racks;
S.9.4. standard tables and chairs;
S.9.5. carrels for individual study;
S.9.6. desks and chairs for staff;
S.9.7. charging desk;
S.9.8. dictionary stand;
S.9.9. atlas stand;
S.9.10. bulletin boards and display cabinets;
S.9.11. vertical file cabinets;
S.9.12. book racks;
S.9.13. map stands/cabinets;
S.9.14. cardex/rotadex or any filing equipment for periodical records;
S.9.15. typerwriters;
S.9.16. computers with printers; and
S.9.17. other (please specify)________________.
Physical Provisions for Reading
S.10.The library is well lighted.
S.11.The library is well-ventilated.
S.12.The atmosphere is conducive to learning.
Security/Control
S.13.Fire extinguishers and a local fire alarm system are available.
S.14.The library employs a system for security and control of library resources.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.IT Software and multi-media equipment are utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The environment in the library is conducive to learning.
O.2.The library facilities are well-maintained and aesthetically designed.
PARAMETER F: FINANCIAL SUPPORT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The institution has a regular and realistic budget for the library.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.The Head Librarian and staff, in coordination with other officials of the institution, prepare and manage the annual library budget.
I.2.All fees and funds allocated for library resources and services are utilized solely for such purposes and are properly audited.
I.3.Other sources of financial assistance are sought.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.The financial support from fiduciary, supplemental and external funds is adequate.
PARAMETER G: LINKAGES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1.The Library is on the mailing list of agencies, foundations, etc., for exchange of publications and other books and journals donations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1.Linkages with other institutions and funding agencies are explored and established for the purposes of enhancing library facilities and resources.
I.2.The library establishes consortia, networking and resource sharing with other institutions and library collaborative activities.
OUTCOME/S
O.1.Library resource sharing and linkages are well-established.
PHYSICAL PLANT AND FACILITIES
PARAMETER A: CAMPUS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 There is a Site Development Plan, ang program of implementation.
S.2. The Campus has accessible good roads and pathways.
S.3. The campus is in a well-planned , clean and properly landscaped environment.
S.4. There is a system to ensure that all of the following are provided:
S.4.1. traffic safety in and outside the campus;
S.4.2. waste management program;
S.4.3. proper utilization , repair and upkeep of school facilities and equipment; and
S.4.4. cleanliness and orderliness of the school campus.
S.5. An area for outdoor educational activities, e.g. social, physical, athletic, cultural, military training, etc. Exists.
S.6. There is a campus security unit that ensures safety of the academic community.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The site infrastructure development plan is implemented as planned.
I.2. The site plan is strategically displayed inside the campus indicating the location of the different buildings, driveways, parking areas, etc.
I.3. The infrastructure development plan is implemented in accordance with approved zoning ordinances.
I.4. Covered walks are provided to protect the academic community from inclement weather.
I.5. The institution implements a Waste Management Program.
I.6. The Maintenance Unit or its equivalent periodically inspects school facilities and equipment to ensure their proper utilization and upkeep.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Campus environment is conducive to all educational activities.
O.2. The site can accommodate its present school population and future expansion.
O.3. The campus is safe and well-maintained.
O.4. The campus is well-planned, clean and properly landscaped.
PARAMETER B: BUILDINGS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The buildings meet all requirements of the Building Code. A Certificate of Occupancy for each building is conspicuously displayed.
S.2. The buildings are constructed according to their respective uses.
S.3. The buildings are well-planned and appropriately located to provide for future expansion.
S.4. Entry and exit points permit the use of the buildings for public and other functions with minimum interference to school activities.
S.5. Emergency exits are provided and properly marked.
S.6. The buildings are equipped with emergency/fire escapes which are readily accessible.
S.7. The corridors, doorways, and alleys are well-constructed for better mobility.
S.8. The buildings are well-ventilated and lighted.
S.9. The buildings have facilities for persons with disability (PWDs) as provided by law.
S.10. There is a central signal and fire alarm system.
S.11. There are readily accessible and functional fire extinguishers and other fire-fighting equipment.
S.12. Bulletin boards, display boards, waste disposal containers and other amenities are strategically located inside the buildings.
S.13. There are faculty rooms and offices.
S.14. The buildings are insured.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The buildings are clean, well-maintained and free from vandalistic acts.
I.2. Toilets are clean and well-maintained.
I.3. Electrical lines are safety installed and periodically checked.
I.4. Water facilities are functional and well-distributed in all buildings.
I.5. There is a periodic potability testing of drinking water.
I.6. Floor plans indicating fire exits and location of fire fighting equipment, stand pipes , and other water resources are conspicuously displayed in each building.
I.7. All school facilities are periodically subjected to pest control and inspection.
I.8. Smoking is strictly prohibited inside the campus.
I.9. Periodic drill on disaster and risk reduction (earthquake, flood, fire etc.) is conducted.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The buildings and other facilities are safe, well-maintained and functional.
PARAMETER C: CLASSROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Classrooms size (1.5 sq.m. per student) meets standard specifications for instruction.
S.2. The classrooms are well-lighted, ventilated and acoustically conditioned.
S.3. The classrooms are adequate and are provided with enough chairs, furniture and equipment.
S.4. There are sufficient supplies (chalkboards/whiteboards, and instructional materials) in each classroom.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The classrooms are clearly marked and arranged relative to their functions.
I.2. The classrooms are well-maintained and free from interference.
I.3. Students cooperate in maintaining the cleanliness and orderliness of the classrooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Classrooms are adequate and conducive to learning.
PARAMETER D: OFFICES AND STAFF ROOMS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The administrative offices are accessible to stakeholders.
S.2. All offices are accessible and conveniently located in accordance to their functions.
S.3. There are offices and workspaces for all officials, faculty and administrative staff.
S.4. Administration and faculty offices and staff rooms are clean, well-lighted and ventilated.
S.5. Function rooms and lounge are available and accessible.
S.6. Storerooms are strategically located.
S.7. There is internal and external communication system.
S.8. There are clean toilets for administrators, faculty, staff, and students.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. All offices are furnished with the necessary equipment, furniture, supplies and materials.
I.2. All offices are well-maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The offices and staff rooms are adequate and conducive to working environment.
PARAMETER E: ASSEMBLY, ATHLETIC AND SPORTS FACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. Function rooms for holding meetings, conferences, convocations and similar activities are sufficient.
S.2. Facilities for athletic sports, cultural activities, military training, etc. are accessible.
S.3. The seating capacity conforms to standards.
S.4. There are adequate and well-marked entry and exit points.
S.5. There are storage facilities for athletic sports and other curricular training equipment.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Indoor facilities are constructed with:
I.1.1. appropriate flooring;
I.1.2. proper lighting and ventilation;
I.1.3. safety measures;
I.1.4. toilets;
I.1.5. functional drinking facilities; and
I.1.6. enough chairs.
I.2. The constructed outdoor facilities are:
I.2.1. free from hazards;
I.2.2. suitably surfaced floor;
I.2.3. appropriately laid out for a variety of activities;
I.2.4. properly maintained and secured; and
I.2.5. installed with drainage system.
I.3. Assembly, athletic sports and cultural facilities are sufficient and varied to meet the requirements of the institution.
I.4. Audio-visual room and facilities with appropriate equipment are utilized in support of the teaching-learning such as but not limited to video/ overhead/ slide projector, sound system, LCD projectors and screens.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. Indoor and outdoor facilities are well-equipped and properly maintained.
PARAMETER F: MEDICAL AND DENTAL CLINIC
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Medical and Dental Clinic has basic facilities such as: reception area, records section, examination/treatment room and toilets.
S.2. The institution has functional medical and dental section/area.
S.3. Potable water is available and sufficient.
S.4. Medical and dental equipment are provided.
S.5. There are enough medical and dental supplies and materials.
S.6. Storage facilities (refrigerator, steel cabinets, etc.) are available.
S.7. Medical and dental supplies and materials are properly labeled.
S.8. The following basic medical equipment and medicines are all available:
S.8.1. emergency medicines;
S.8.2. ambobag;
S.8.3. oxygen tank;
S.8.4. intravenous fluid;
S.8.5. sphygmomanometer(at least 2 sets);
S.8.6. thermometer(at least 10 pcs);
S.8.7. diagnostic sets;
S.8.8. stethoscope(at least 2 units);
S.8.9. treatment cart; and
S.8.10. nebulizer.
S.9. The following basic dental equipment and apparatuses are available:
S.9.1. dental chair;
S.9.2. autoclave(sterilizer);
S.9.3. medical supplies;
S.9.4. filling instruments; and
S.9.5. basic instruments (forceps ,mouth mirror, cotton fliers, explorer, etc).
S.10. The Medical/Dental Clinic has ample space, adequate lighting and ventilation.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Medical and Dental Clinics are managed by qualified medical and dental officers.
I.2. Distinct rooms and storage areas are properly labeled.
I.3. Medical and dental services are regularly monitored and evaluated.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The medical, dental clinic and services are functional.
PARAMETER G: STUDENT CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has a Student Center with supplies and materials.
S.2. Policies and guidance on the proper utilization of Student Center are in place.
S.3. The student Center is well-lighted and ventilated.
S.4. A conference room is available for student’s use.
S.5. There are facilities and equipment for table games, music appreciation, and TV or video viewing.
S.6. Clean and sanitary toilets, for men separate from those of women are available.
S.7. Toilet fixtures for students with special needs from PWD’s are provided.
S.8. There are offices for student leaders, the editorial staff of the student publication and the officers of other student organizations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Student activities at the Student Center are regularly conducted and monitored.
I.2. The Student Center is properly maintained.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Student Center is fully equipped and functional.
PARAMETER H: FOOD SERVICES/CANTEEN/CAFETERIA
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The canteen/ cafeteria is well-lighted, ventilated, screened and provided with potable water supply.
S.2. There are enough:
S.2.1. cooking and preparatory equipment;
S.2.2. serving tools and utensils;
S.2.3. cleaning supplies and materials; and
S.2.4. dining tables and chairs.
S.3. Wash area and toilets are available.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution requires business and sanitary permits for the operation of the Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen.
I.2. Food served is varied, nutritious, safe and sold at affordable price.
I.3. The Food Center/Cafeteria/Canteen is well-managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.4. Cleanliness and orderliness are enforced.
I.5. The food services are prompt.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The Canteen/Cafeteria/Food Center is well-patronized.
O.2. The food services generate income for the institution.
PARAMETER I: ACCREDITATION CENTER
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Accreditation Center (AC) is accessible and conveniently located.
S.2. The AC has the following equipment and fixtures:
S.2.1. working tables and chairs;
S.2.2. cabinets for display and filing;
S.2.3. good ventilation and lighting;
S.2.4. computer unit;
S.2.5. toilets; and
S.2.6. lounge.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution/College/Academic Unit maintains the AC with the required resources, furniture, and documents.
I.2. The AC is managed by a qualified and committed staff/faculty.
I.3. Required documents/information and exhibits are updated, systematically packaged and readily available.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The AC is well-equipped and managed.
PARAMETER J: HOUSING(optional)
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. There are dormitories and housing facilities for students, faculty and staff.
S.2. There is an implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) for in-campus housing services.
S.3. There is a system of coordinating with the LGU’s on privately owned boarding houses.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The housing facilities functionally designed.
I.2. The housing facilities and surroundings are properly maintained and monitored.
I.3. The IRR on housing services is strictly followed (e.g. Dormitory fees, etc.).
I.4. The institution coordinates with LGU’s and owners of private boarding houses.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The housing facilities are safe, habitable and well-maintained.
O.2. There is wholesome coordination among the institution, the LGU’s and the owners of private boarding houses.
LABORATORIES
PPP
PARAMETER A: LABORATORIES, SHOPS ANDFACILITIES
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The laboratory layout conforms to acceptable standards (RA 6541-National Building Code of the Philippines/PD 856 “Code of Sanitation of the Philippines) and to particular needs of the Electrical Engineering program
S.2. Rooms have lightings conform to the standard requirements of fluorescent bulbs relative to the size of the room
S.3. The laboratories are properly lighted and well-ventilated.
S.4. Each laboratory room has at least two exit doors that open outward.
S.5. There is a laboratory for shop work for specific technologies.
S.6. There is a computer laboratory with at least 15 usable computer units and a printer.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Furniture/equipment arrangement allows free mobility and enables students to work comfortably without interference.
I.2. Safety and precautionary measures are implemented
I.3. Usable fire extinguishers are accessible to staff and students.
I.4. Laboratory Operations Manuals for the faculty and students are provided in each laboratory.
I.5. Demonstrations and training are periodically conducted on the proper use of fire extinguishers, first-aid kit and other emergency measures.
I.6. A well-equipped first-aid kit, charts for antidotes and neutralizing solutions are made available in each laboratory room.
I.7. A student’s access to a computer is at least 15 hours per term subject.
I.8. Appropriate laboratories for general subjects are adequately equipped and well-maintained.
I.9. A well-equipped Multimedia Center is maintained.
I.10. Gas, water and electricity are utilized for class laboratory activities.
I.11. A demonstration table, equipped with sink, water, electrical and gas outlets , is utilized.
I.12. Laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are kept in separate stock rooms.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are well-equipped, functional and are conducive to learning.
PARAMETER B: EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The equipment, instruments, supplies, and materials in the classrooms are available in the laboratories and shops
S.2. Apparatuses, tools and materials conform with the standard required for the subject in accordance with the CMO of the program.
S.3. Varied computer software are available
S.5. Each terminal is equipped with necessary accessories.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Equipment are well-maintained.
I.2. Laboratory supplies and materials are wisely utilized.
I.3. Licensed computer software are installed and utilized.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratory equipment, supplies and materials are sufficient and wisely utilized.
PARAMETER C: MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. A laboratory technician/assistant is available for the proper upkeep of the laboratory.
S.2. The institution has a Maintenance and Repair Department/Unit managed by skilled staff.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution keeps the laboratories neat, clean and orderly.
I.2. Laboratory supplies and materials are regularly replenished/replaced whenever applicable.
I.3. The inventory of laboratory facilities/equipment is systematically and periodically conducted.
I.4. The laboratory equipment/instruments are in good condition and are periodically calibrated.
I.5. Waste disposal is efficiently and effectively managed.
I.6. The following are properly maintained by trained staff/technicians:
I.6.1. computer laboratory;
I.6.2. multi-media center/educational technology center;
I.6.3. research facility; and
I.6.4. general education laboratory;
I.6.4.1. natural science/physical science;
I.6.4.2. speech laboratory; and
I.6.4.3. physical education; and
I.6.5. others(please specify)________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The laboratories and shops are functional and properly maintained.
PARAMETER D: SPECIAL PROVISIONS
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.2 There is an approved Project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP)
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution implements the special provisions as listed in the CMO 34 s 2008.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. special provision in the CMO 34 s 2008 of the program are complied with.
ADMINISTRATION
PARAMETER A: ORGANIZATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1 The institution has an organizational structure approved by the Board of Regents/Trustees (BOR/BOT).
S.2. Every office/unit in the organizational structure has functions approved by the BOR/BOT.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The institution is subdivided into administrative units in accordance with the organizational structure.
I.2. The functions, duties and responsibilities of administrative personnel/staff in each unit/office are identified and carried out.
I.3. The BOR/BOT is supportive with the growth and development of the institution.
I.4. The Academic and Administrative Councils exercise their powers and perform their functions.
I.5. The flow of communication among and within units/departments is observed.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a well-designed and functional organizational structure.
PARAMETER B: ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Dean/Academic Unit Head processes the required educational qualification, experience and other prescribed requirements to administer the college/Academic Unit namely:
S.1.1. holder of baccalaureate and master’s degree in engineering, preferably in the Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering;
S.1.2. preferably holder of doctorate degree in engineering or related fields;
S.1.3. minimum teaching experience of not less than five (5) years;
S.1.4. at least five (5) years administrative experience and at least five (5) field experience; and
S.1.5. registered engineer.
S.2. The Department Chair/s or their equivalent has appropriate/relevant educational qualification and experience.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Dean is assisted by Department Chair/s or their equivalent with appropriate/relevant educational qualification and experience.
I.2. The Dean implements a supervisory program.
I.3. The Dean participates in the recruitment and promotion of faculty and support staff.
I.4. The Dean, the faculty and the administration work together for the improvement of the College/Academic Unit, particularly in;
I.4.1. setting standards and targets;
I.4.2. planning of programs and other related activities;
I.4.3. implementing, monitoring and evaluation of plans, programs and other related activities;
I.4.4. establishing linkages, partnership and networking activities;
I.4.5. providing opportunities professional growth and development of the faculty and staff;
I.4.6. preparing guidelines on the internal administration and operation of the Academic Unit/College; and
I.4.7. preparing guidelines for the proper use and maintenance of facilities, equipment, supplies and materials.
I.5. Definite criteria and procedures in the selection and promotion of the most qualified faculty and staff are observed.
I.6. The Dean, faculty, staff, and students pursue collaborative activities in generating resources and income, and in implementing cost-effective measures.
I.7. The Dean implements policies and procedures on internal administration and operations of the College/Academic Unit.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The College/Academic unit/college is efficiently and effectively managed.
PARAMETER C: STUDENT ADMINISTRATION
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved and printed Student Handbook/Manual containing policies and guidelines on the following aspects of student life:
S.1.1. admission and retention policies;
S.1.2. registration requirements;
S.1.3. school fees;
S.1.4. academic load;
S.1.5. transfers;
S.1.6. residence, course work, scholastic and graduation requirements;
S.1.7. examination and grading system;
S.1.8. scholarship/grants/assistantships;
S.1.9. shifting and adding/dropping of course;
S.1.10. Code of Conduct and Discipline;
S.1.11. attendance; and
S.1.12. others (please specify)_______________.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. Students are provided opportunities to participate in the planning and implementation of activities concerning their welfare.
I.2. Concerned officials, faculty and staff act promptly on requests, needs, and problems of the students.
I.3. The administration, faculty, staff and students work harmoniously and maintain good relationship.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an effective and functional Student Administration.
O.2. Policy implementation is efficient.
PARAMETER D: FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Financial Development Plan (FDP).
S.2. The approved budget is in consonance with the FDP.
S.3. The institution has budgetary allotment for following:
S.3.1. personal services;
S.3.2. Maintenance and Other Operating Expenses (MOOE);
S.3.3. capital outlay; and
S.3.4. special projects.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Financial Management Office managed by qualified and competent staff.
I.2. The financial management personnel are responsible for the efficient management of financial resources/funds of the Institution.
I.3. The administrative officials, faculty and student representatives participate in the budget preparation and in the procurement program of the institution.
I.4. The budget of the institution is fairly and objectively allocated.
I.5. The Institution allocates funds for the following student services and activities:
I.5.1. cultural development;
I.5.2. athletic and sports development;
I.5.3. medical/dental services;
I.5.4. library;
I.5.5. student body organization;
I.5.6. guidance and counseling;
I.5.7. improvement of laboratories/shops;
I.5.8. repair and maintenance of facilities equipment;
I.5.9. purchase of new equipment, supplies and materials;
I.5.10. replacement of old unserviceable equipment;
I.5.11. construction of new facilities, as needed;
I.5.12. improvement/expansion of physical plant;
I.5.13. extension/community service; and
I.5.14. disaster and risk reduction;
I.5.15. auxiliary service, etc.
I.6. The budget allotted for specific expenditures indicated in item 1.5 is in consonance with existing policies and guidelines.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a sound and effective financial management system.
PARAMETER E: SUPPLY MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has an approved procurement management system in consonance with the Revised IRR of RA 9184 (Government Procurement Reform Act).
S.2. The institution has a system for the proper disposal of non-serviceable and condemned equipment, supplies and materials.
S.3. The office has a storeroom for keeping and securing all equipment, supplies and materials purchased.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Supply Management Office (SMO) managed by qualified staff with specific functions and responsibilities.
I.2. The Bids and Awards Commitee(BAC) is responsible for the procurement and deliveries of needed equipment, supplies and materials in accordance with the approved Annual Procurement Plan (APP) and Project Procurement Management Plan (PPMP).
I.3. The BAC performs its tasks and responsibilities in accordance with recent procurement policies and official issuances.
I.4. The SMO office prepares, submits and evaluates the annual inventory of serviceable and non-serviceable facilities and equipment.
I.5. All approved requests for procurement are published in the Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (PhilGEPS).
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has an efficient and effective Supply Management and System.
O.2. All procurement transactions are transparent.
PARAMETER F: RECORDS MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The Institution has a system of records keeping.
S.2. The institution has policies and procedures to ensure the security and confidentiality of records.
S.3. Policies and procedures on prompt release of records are in place.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution maintains a Records Management Office (RMO) managed by a qualified Records Officer.
I.2. A records system is installed in offices where it allows access to information needed by concerned parties.
I.3. The Human Resource Management Office(HRMO) maintains accurate, up-to-date and systematic records of faculty and staff.
I.4. The following updated record compilations are made available to concerned parties:
I.4.1. minutes of the Board of Regents/Trustees meetings;
I.4.2. minutes of the faculty meetings, e.g. Minutes of the Academic Council meetings;
I.4.3. faculty/non-teaching personnel individual files;
I.4.4. faculty/non-teaching personnel performance evaluation; and
I.4.5. other records such as:
I.4.5.1. student directory;
I.4.5.2. alumni directory;
I.4.5.3. permanent records of students;
I.4.5.4. reports of Director/Dean;
I.4.5.5. annual reports;
I.4.5.6. accomplishment/progress reports;
I.4.5.7. scholarship records;
I.4.5.8. other statistical data;
I.4.5.9. financial records of students;
I.4.5.10. inventory of property;
I.4.5.11. proceedings of administrative investigation (if any); and
I.4.5.12. other (please specify)____________________.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The institution has a commendable Records Management System.
PARAMETER G: INSTITUTIONAL PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved Strategic Development Plan(SDP) available in printed and/or electronic forms.
S.2. There is a system to monitor the implementation of the SDP.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution’s Planning and Development Unit plans, monitors and evaluates planned activities/targets.
I.2. The planning process is a cooperative and participative endeavor of administration, the faculty and the students.
I.3. The SDP is implemented, monitored, evaluated, reviewed and updated regularly.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The SDP is congruent with the VMGO and with the local, regional, national development goals and agenda.
PARAMETER H: PERFORMANCE OF ADMINISTRATIVE PERSONNEL
SYSTEM-INPUTS AND PROCESSES
S.1. The institution has an approved performance evaluation system for administrative personnel which includes the following items:
S.1.1. competence;
S.1.2. quality of work;
S.1.3. work ethic(punctuality, wise use of time, etc);
S.1.4. creative/innovative ability;
S.1.5. ability to handle internal and external pressures; and
S.1.6. interpersonal relations.
IMPLEMENTATION
I.1. The Institution regularly monitors and evaluates the performance of the administrative personnel.
I.2. The results of performance evaluation of the administrative personnel are utilized:
I.2.1. to improve performance and delivery of eservices; and
I.2.2. for promotion.
OUTCOME/S
O.1. The administrative personnel/ staff have commendable performance.